t. 


Guaranteed  Paint 

Ready  for  Use 


HOUSE  PAINT 
No.ll  OutsideWtiite 


NEW  YORK-CHICAGO-KANSASCtlY 
FORT  WORTH -PORTLAND. 


Previous  knowledge  or  experience  with  finishes  not 
necessary.  There  are  no  intricate  directions  to  follow. 
It  is  so  easy  to  apply  that  a woman  can  do  the  work. 

Imagine  the  delight  of  the  housewife  when  she  can,  at 
a trifling  expense,  change  the  finish  on  the  floor,  furniture 
or  any  woodwork  to  imitate  light  or  dark  oak,  walnut, 
mahogany,  cherry,  or  any  finish  she  chooses. 

Co-Var-Finish  is  applied  easily,  with  a varnish  brush. 
It  spreads  smoothly,  and  dries  over  night  with  a glossy 
finish,  hard  as  a rock.  It  will  not  soften  through  usage 
or  wear,  nor  chip  or  flake. 

Co-Var-Finish  is  equal  or  superior  to  many  similar 
goods  selling  at  $3.00  per  gallon  and  higher.  Co-Var- 
Finish  will  give  you  perfect  satisfaction. 


This  reception  hall,  staircase  and  furniture  is  finished  with  No.  JS4 
mahogany;  dining  room  with  No.  ISO  rosewood;  and  floor  with  No.  183 
1 o V 1 ini  ” Lower  sidewall  in  hall  finished  with  golden  brown, 
and  upper  sidewall  with  light  tan  “Flat  Wall  Finish.'*  (See  Page  18.) 

For  staircase  and  colonnade  shown,  see  our  Building  Material  Catalogue; 
for  furniture,  floor  coverings  or  Grandfather  clocks  for  hall  gei  our  General 
Catalogue.  Any  of  these  Catalogues  sent  on  request. 


This  dining  room  woodwork,  ceiling  beams  and  furniture  are  finished  with 
No.  187  antique  oak,  and  the  floor  with  No.  185  light  oak  Co-Var-Finish. 
Sidewall  above  plate  rail  finished  with  willow  green,  and  ceiling  with  but! 
“Flat  Wall  Finish.”  (See  Page  18.) 

For  furniture  shown,  see  our  General  Catalogue;  for  wainscoting,  doors, 
and  built-in  sideboard,  see  our  Building  Material  Catalogue;  for  electric 
fixtures  get  our  Lighting  Fixtures  Catalogue;  and  for  rug  and  window 
hangings,  see  our  General  Catalogue. 

With  Co-Var-Finish  You  Can  Have 
An  Entirely  Different  Finish 

If  you  wish  to  change  the  finish  from  a dark  to  a lighter 
shade,  first  apply  a coat  of  ground  color.  This  is  a yellow 
that  completely  covers  the  old  finish,  and  supplies  an 
excellent  background  or  foundation  upon  which  to  apply 
the  lighter  finish  you  wish. 

If  some  of  your  furniture  has  lost  its  finish,  or  is  not  in 
harmony  with  the  surroundings,  no  need  of  throwing  it 
away.  A very  little  Co-Var-Finish  will  do  wonders. 
You  can  make  such  furniture  look  like  new.  You  can 
change  the  color  to  harmonize  with  your  carpets  and 
curtain  hangings.  You  can  make  it  look  like  solid 
mahogany,  rosewood,  cherry,  oak  (either  light  or  dark), 
walnut — in  fact,  anything  you  wish. 

You  Need  No  Previous  Experience 
to  Use  Co-Var-Finish 

You  will  be  well  satisfied  with  the  results  if  you  do  the 
work  yourself,  for  Co-Var-Finish  flows  out  freely  and 
dries  smoothly.  It  will  prove  so  satisfactory  that  you'll 
get  after  all  the  bad  spots  in  the  house  after  you  get 
started. 

One  gallon  is  usually  sufficient  to  cover  400  square  feet, 
one  coat. 

In  ordering,  state  what  finish  you  wish.  Colors  are 
cherry,  rosewood,  mahogany,  walnut,  light  oak,  dark  oak, 
leaf  green,  clear  (natural)  and  ground  color. 

SEE  COLORS  ON  PAGE  20 

75W8110— Pint  can.  Weight,  2V2  bs.  Per  can $0.30 

75W8111 — Quart  can.  Weight,  4 lbs.  Per  can 55 

75W8112 — % gal.  can.  Wt.,  7 lbs.  Per  can 1.00 

75W8113 — Gallon  can.  Wt.,  11%  lbs.  Per  can.  . . . 1.90 


u Chicago  Avenue  Bridge,  CHICAGO 


- Very  Pleasing  and  Attractive  Effects 

Are  Accomplished  With 

Co-Var-Finish 

Co-Var-Finish  is  a high  quality  varnish,  colored  in 
such  a manner  that  the  colors  of  expensive  woods,  such 
as  mahogany,  rosewood,  walnut,  cherry,  and  oak,  may  be 
produced  on  new  woodwork,  or  over  an  old  finish, 
whether  enameled,  varnished,  stained  or  painted.  It  is 
not  necessary  to  remove  the  old  finish,  but  to  see  that  the 
surface  is  dry,  clean  and  smooth  before  applying.  Co- 
Var-Finish  is  also  used  with  great  success  on  linoleum 
and  oilcloth. 


Co-Var-Finish  is  Prepared 
Ready  to  Apply 


=It  is  to  Your  Interest  to  Order  from  Us^ 


You  Will  Save  Money 

By  our  factory-to-you  method  you  get 
the  benefit  of  the  most  economical 
means  of  distribution.  Not  only  are  you 
able  to  buy  regular  standard  goods  at 
less  than  the  identical  article  would  cost 
you  elsewhere,  but  in  many  instances  we 
give  you  better  values  for  less  money 
than  others  charge. 

Our  many  years’  experience  in  the 
manufacture  of  paints  of  all  kinds  en- 
ables us  to  offer  you,  ready  for  use, 
paints  and  varnishes  for  every  purpose. 

You  Get  Perfect  Satisfaction 

Each  product  in  this  book  is  made  to 
give  the  very  best  results  attainable. 

The  quality  of  any  merchandise  you 
purchase  from  this  catalogue  is  always 
as  good  as  we  represent. 

Send  us  your  order.  If  you 
are  not  entirely  satisfied  with 
the  goods  when  they  are  re- 
ceived, you  may  return  them, 
and  we  will  refund  your 
money,  including  transporta- 
tion charges,  or  send  you 
other  goods. 


It’s  Easy 


to  Order  from 
by  Mail 


Us 


To  order  goods  from  our 
Catalogues  is  easy  and  simple; 
and  no  other  method  of  buy- 
ing goods  is  so  profitable  for 
you.  Write  us  in  any  lan- 
guage, tell  us  your  needs  in 


your  own  way — we  will  be  able  to  un- 
derstand what  you  want.  These  few 
suggestions  may  help  you: 

Use  one  of  our  printed  order  blanks 
if  you  have  one;  if  not,  use  any  plain 
piece  of  paper. 

Write  down  the  number  of  the  article 
you  desire,  then  the  quantity,  followed 
by  the  name  of  the  article,  giving  size 
or  color,  if  any.  Then  put  down  the 
price. 

Write  your  full  name  and  address,  and 
write  as  plainly  as  possible. 

In  ordering  goods  sent  by  mail,  allow 
sufficient  extra  money  to  pay  postage. 
If  you  order  goods  sent  by  freight,  and 
there  is  no  railroad  agent  at  your  station, 
allow  enough  extra  so  that  we  may  pre- 
pay freight  charges.  If  you  send  too 
much,  we  return  the  excess. 


Our  Guarantee 


T 


HE  GUARANTEE  OF  THIS  HOUSE  has  been 
written  by  its  patrons.  No  promise  that  we  can  write 
is  half  as  strong  as  the  word  of  a million  people  who 
have  definitely  declared:  “This  house  is  absolutely  on  the 
square.  1 have  dealt  with  it  for  years  and  I know.”  The 
steadfast  endorsement  of  a million  people  is  the  only  real 
guarantee  that  has  the  strength  to  hold  up  its  head  and 
look  the  world  squarely  in  the  face. 

]Ve  promise  you  that  every  article  illustrated  or  priced 
in  this  book  will  reach  you  precisely  as  described  and  in 
perfect  condition  and  give  entire  satisfaction,  or  you  may 
have  your  money  back  without  argument,  and  what’s  more, 
we  will  refund  you  the  transportation  charges  both  ways. 


Suggestions  About  Shipping 

You  can  make  the  biggest  savings  by 
having  your  goods  shipped  by  freight. 
Always  try  to  order  enough  other  goods 
to  make  100  pounds  or  more,  because 
100  pounds  cost  no  more  freight  than 
smaller  shipments,  and  it  makes  the 
freight  charge  on  each  item  very  small 
indeed.  If  you  do  not  have  enough  for 
100  pounds  your  neighbors  are  often 
glad  of  the  chance  to  order  with  you,  be- 
cause they  too  will  save  freight. 

You  may  be  in  a hurry  for  some  of 
the  goods  you  order  and  wish  them  sent 
by  express.  If  you  do  not  say  how  you 
wish  the  goods  shipped,  we  will  ship  so 
that  it  will  cost  you  the  least  money. 

If  you  wish  your  order  shipped  in 
plain  unmarked  packages,  we  will  do  so 
if  you  request  it  when  you  send  in  an  order. 

How  to  Send  Money 

You  can  send  money  by 
your  personal  Check  if  you 
have  a bank  account,  by  Post 
Office  Money  Order,  Express 
Money  Order,  Bank  Draft,  or 
cash  by  Registered  Letter.  If 
you  live  on  a rural  route  and 
desire  to  send  a Post  Office 
Money  Order,  your  letter  car- 
rier will  buy  the  money  order 
for  you  and  enclose  and  mai\ 
it  to  us  with  your  letter. 
Simply  give  him  the  money 
and  your  letter.  He  will  do 
the  rest.  You  need  not  go  to 
the  Post  Office.  We  guaran- 
tee the  safe  arrival  of  money 
sent  in  any  of  these  ways. 


Page 

Aluminum  Paint  5 

Aluminum  Powder  5 

Art  Finish,  Mission 4 

Art  Glass,  Imitation 28 

Asphalt  Roof  Paint 17 

Automobile  Paint  20,21 

Automobile  Top  Dressing..  4 

Automobile  Varnish  4 

Barn  Paint  12,  13 

Banana  Liquid  5 

Bath  Tub  Enamel 5,  8 

Black  Asphalt  Paint 17 

Blow  Torch,  Gasoline 23 

Brick,  Rubbing  6 

Bronzing  Liquid  5 

Bronze  Paint  5 

Bronze  Powder  5 

Brushes  24.  26,  26 

Brushes,  Floor  Finishing.. 

23,  24,  25 

Brushes,  Glue  26 

Brushes,  Kalsomine  24 

Brushes,  How  to  Care  for.  . 8 

Brushes,  Paint  24-25 

Brushes,  Paperhangers’  ...25 

Brushes,  Radiator  25 

Brushes.  Roofing  24 

Brushes,  Sash  25 

Brushes,  Sign  Writers’  ....26 

Brushes,  Stencil  26 

Brushes,  Varnish  25 

Brushes,  Whitewash  26 

Brushes,  Wire  26 

Building  Material  29 

Burlap,  Prepared  28 

Carriage  Paint  20,  21 

Carriage  Top  Dressing 4 

Carriage  Varnish  4 

Cement  Coating  8,  18,  19 

Cement  Colors  6 

Cement  Waterproofing  8,  18,  19 

Cheese  Cloth  27 

Cleaner.  Wall  Paper 23 

Coach  Colors 6 

Coach  Varnish  4 

Cold  Water  Paint 32 

Colors,  Coach  6 

Colors,  Dry  6 

Colors  Ground  in  Oil 6 

Colored  Varnish  20,  21 

Concrete  Coating  18,  19 

Co-Var-Finish,  see  inside 
front  cover,  also  pages 

8,  20.  21 

Coverall  House  Paint  

10,  11,  12,  13 


Page 

Coverall  Barn  Paint.  . . .12,  13 
Crack  and  Crevice  Filler... 23 

Creosote  Oil  16 

Cutters,  Wall  Paper 27 

Cutters,  Glass  5 

Dancing  Floor  Wax 23 

Damar  Varnish  3 

Diamond  Glass  Cutters....  5 

Dry  Colors  G 

Elastic  Roof  Cement 17 

Enamel,  White  ...  .2,  5,  18,  19 

Enamels  in  Colors  

2,  6,  8,  18,  19 

Enamels,  Bath  Tub 5,  8 

Enamels,  Radiator  5,  8 

Enamels,  Gold  5 

Enamel,  Aluminum  5 

Emery  Cloth  23 

Felt,  Rubbing  6 

Fence,  Paint  12,13,16,17 

Finish,  Mission  Art 4,  7 

Filler,  Liquid  Wood 4,7 

Filler,  Hardwood  Paste... 4,  7 
Fire-Proof  Cold  Water 

Paint  32 

Flat  Wall  Finish.  ..  .7.  18,  19 
Floor  Finishing  Brushes... 

23,  24,  25 

Floor  Oil  23 

Floor  Paint  7,  20,  21 

Floor  Reviver  23 

Floor  Varnish  3,  7 

Floor  Wax  23 

Flake  Glue  23 

French  Yellow  Ochre 6 

Fresco  Colors  7,  18,  19 

Fresco  Wall  Size 6 

Gasoline  Blow  Torch 23 

Gear  Varnish  4 

Gilders’  Whiting 6 

Glass  Paper  Stained 28 

Glaziers'  Diamonds  5 

Glaziers’  Points  5 

Gloss  Oil  6 

Glue  23 

Glue  Brushes  26 

Glue  Pots  23 

Gold  Paints  and  Enamels...  5 

Gold  Powder  5 

Graining  Colors  6 

Graining  Compounds  22 

Graining,  How  to  do.... 8,  22 

Graining  Outfits  22 

Graining  Tools  22 

Graphite  Paint  5 


INDEX  pae. 

Ground  Glue  23 

Hardwood  Paste  Filler.  — 4 
Hot  Water  Kalsomine ..  18,  19 
House  Paint,  Coverall ...  10-13 
House  Paint,  Tower  Brand 

14,  15 

House  Shingle  Stain 15 

House  Roof  Paint ...  15,  16,  17 

Implement  Paint  20,  21 

Implement  Varnish  4 

Inside  Floor  Paint 20,21 

Iron  Paint  5 

Iron  Roof,  Bridge,  etc.  Paint 

6,  16,  17 

Jacket,  Painter’s  27 

Japan  Dryer 6 

Kalsomine  7,  18,  19 

Knives,  Putty  27 

Knives,  Scraping  27 

Knives,  Trimming  27 

Ladders  26 

Linoleum  Coating,  see  Co- 
Var-Finish  on  Inside 
Front  Cover. 

Linoleum  Varnish  3 

Linseed  Oil  6 

Liquid  Enamel  Paint 

2,  8,  18,  19 

Liquid  Glue  23 

Liquid  Waterproofing  5 

Liquid  Cement  Coating.  18,  19 

Mission  Art  Finish 4 

Mortar  Colors  6 

Oil,  Floor  23 

Oil,  Linseed  6 

Oil  Wood  Stain 4 

Oilcloth  Coating,  see  Co- 
Var-  Finish  on  Inside 

Front  Cover. 

Old  Dutch  White 6 

Overalls  27 

Paint,  Aluminum  5 

Paint,  Automobile  20,  21 

Paint,  Barn  12,13 

Paint,  Bronze  5 

Paint,  Brushes  24,  25 

Paint,  Carriage  20,  21 

Paint,  Coverall  10,  13 

Paint,  Gold  5 

Paint,  House  10-15 

Paint,  How  to 7.  8 

Paint,  Implement  20,  21 

Paint,  Inside  Floor  ....20,21 


Page 

Paint,  Iron  5,6,16,17 

Paint  Paddle  26 

Paint,  Porch  20,  21 

Paint  Pot  Hook 26 

Paint  Remover  4,  7 

Paint,  Roof  12,13,16,17 

Paint  Sprayers  32 

Paint,  Tower  Brand . . . . 14,  15 

Paint,  Wagon  20,21 

Painters’  Brushes  24,  25 

Painters’  Dusters  25 

Painters’  Ladders  26 

Painters’  Overalls  27 

Painters’  Jacket  27 

Painters’  Scaffold  26 

Painters’  Tools  26,  27 

Paper,  Stained  Glass  28 

Paper,  Varnished  Tile 28 

Paper,  Wall,  see  inside  back 
Cover. 

Paper,  Wood  Fiber  Veneer. 28 
Paperhangers’  Tools  ...26,27 

Paste  Boards  26 

Paste  Brushes  27 

Paste  Filler  4 

Paste  Tables  26 

Paste,  Wall  Paper 23 

Plaster  Paris  6 

Porch  Paint  20,  21 

Pumice  Stone  6 

Putty  Knives  27 

Putty  in  Tins  6 

Radiator  Enamel  5 

Red,  Venetian  6 

Roofing  Composition  17 

Roof  Paint  12,13,15-17 

Roof  Stains  15 

Rotten  Stone  6 

Rubber  Roof  Paint 17 

Rubbing  Brick  6 

Rubbing  Felt  6 

Rubbing  Oil  6 

Sand  Paper  23 

Scraping  Knives  27 

Screen  Paint  5.  8 

Seal-Tite  Waterproofing  ...19 

Shears,  Paperhangers’  27 

Shingle  Stain  15 

Shellacs  4 

Silo  Paint  16,17,18,19 

Silver  Enamel  5 

Soap  27 

Spatulas  27 

Sponges  27 

Sprayers  32 


Page 

Stained  Glass  Paper 28 

Steel  Wool  and  Shavings...  5 

Stencils  23 

Stencil  Brushes  26 

Step  Ladders  26 

S tippler.  Wall  ..' 26 

Stove  Pipe  Enamel  5 

Straight  Edge  26 

Stucco  and  Concrete  Coat- 
ing   8,  18,  19 

Tile  Paper,  White 28 

Tower  Brand  Paint.  ...  14,  15 

Towerlite  Enamel  2,  8 

Trimmers.  Wall  Paper 27 

Trowels  17 

Trowel  Roof  Cement 17 

Turpentine  6 

Turpentine  Japan  Dryer  ...  6 

Var-Co-Lac,  name  changed 
to  Co-Var  Finish  ....20,21 

Varnish  3,  4,  7 

Varnish  Brushes  25 

Varnish,  How  to 7,  8 

Varnish  Remover  4,  7 

Varnish  Stains  4,  8 

Venetian  Red  6 

Vitrophane  28 

Wagon  Paint  20,  21 

Wagon  Varnish  4 

Wall  Paper  33 

Wall  Paper  Cleaner 23 

Wall  Paper  Paste 23 

Wall  Paper  Tools  26,  27 

Wall  Size,  Fresco  6 

Wall  Sizing  23 

Wall  Stippler  26 

Waterproofing,  Cement.  18,  19 

Waterproofing,  Lumber  ...16 

Water  Putty  23 

Wax  Floor  Finish 23 

Weather  Stain  Remover.  ...  6 

White  Enamel  2 

White  Lead  6 

Whitewash  Brushes  25 

Whitewash  Sprayers  32 

Whiting  6 

Window  Shades  30 

Wood  Bleacher  6 

Wood  Fillers  4 

Wood  Graining  8.  22 

Wood  Preservative  16 

Wood  Stains  4 

Yellow  Ochre  6 

Zinc  in  Oil 6 


^ Chicago  Avenue  Bridge,  CHICAGO 


UffirU^otTw'ipTatdl^o: 


Previous  experience  not  necessary — pages  7 and  8 tell  How  to  Paint 


T'owerlite  White  Enamel = 

It’s  Pure  White 


No  Better  Enamel 
Made  Than 
Towerlite 


Other  Brands  of  Similar 
Quality  Sell  for  $4.00 
and  $5.00  a Gallon 


Our 

Price 


$3.20 


Per 

Gallon 


A Perfect  Permanent 
Pure  White 

Looks  Like  Pure  White 
Porcelain 


Will  not  Turn  Yellow,  Chip 
or  Crack 


Towerlite  is  Attractive 

No  finish  is  more  pleasing  than  a Pure  White 
Porcelain  Enamel.  Its  attractiveness  and  beauty 
never  tire  one.  White  is  an  emblem  of  purity, 
and  any  room  done  in  snow  white  enamel  gives 
one  a feeling  of  absolute  cleanliness.  A parlor  or 
living  room  in  which  the  woodwork  and  furniture 
are  finished  with  Towerlite,  and  the  draperies, 
floor  coverings  and  upholstery  in  a dainty  shade 
(and  most  any  shade  harmonizes  with  white)  pre- 
sents an  extremely  rich  appearance  that  cannot  be 
accomplished  with  any  other  treatment.  This  you 
may  say  applies  to  any  white.  Not  so.  The  por- 
celain-like texture  of  Towerlite  gives  that  pleasing 
effect  that  is  entirely  absent  in  nearly  all  white 
finishes.  Try  a can  of  Towerlite  and  you  will  be 
convinced.  Because  of  its  smooth,  glossy  finish 
it  is  also  easily  kept  clean,  thus  being  thoroughly 
sanitary.  Because  of  this  quality  Towerlite  is 
used  extensively  in  hospitals  and  public  buildings. 
It  is  also  the  ideal  finish  for  bath  rooms,  kitchens, 
and  other  rooms. 


Towerlite  Will  Make  Dark  Un- 
sightly Furniture  Beautiful 

If  the  furniture  or  woodwork  to  which  you 
wish  to  apply  Towerlite  is  not  now  painted  white, 
you  should,  in  order  to  secure  the  best  results, 
sand  down  the  surface  (the  smoother  the  better) 
and  apply  one  or  more  coats  of  No.  10J4  Inside 
Flat  White  Coverall  House  Paint.  In  other 
words,  the  surface  should  be  thoroughly  white, 
and  in  any  event  it  is  best  to  put  on  one  coat  of 
this  flat  white  to  safeguard  against  any  coloring 
matter  in  the  paint  now  on  coming  up  through 
the  enamel  coat.  The  better  the  foundation,  the 
better  the  finish  you  will  get  with  Towerlite. 

If  the  surface  to  be  finished  is  plastered  walls 
that  have  been  painted  before,  wash  the  surface 
clean  with  warm  water  to  which  you  have  added 
a little  ammonia.  Then  after  the  plaster  surface 
is  dry,  sandpaper  smooth  with  No.  00  sandpaper 
and  dust  off  the  loose  particles.  Now  apply  two 
or  three  coats  of  Inside  Flat  White  Coverall 
House  Taint  and  after  dry,  sand  lightly  with 
No.  00  sandpaper  and  apply  Towerlite. 


Covering  Capacity  of 
Towerlite 


One  gallon  Coverall  Flat  White  will  cover 
about  350  square  feet  two  coats,  and  a gallon  of 
Towerlite  will  cover  from  200  to  250  square  feet 
two  coats.  For  applying  Towerlite  use  our  var- 
nish brush  No.  75W618,  and  for  the  flat  white 
we  recommend  Rubberset  Brush  No.  75W027. 
If  you  have  only  a small  job  such  as  a few  pieces 
of  furniture,  we  suggest  our  Fitch  Brush  No. 
75  W 658. 

If  you  wish  to  enamel  surfaces,  either  wood  or 
plaster,  that  have  not  been  painted  before,  treat 
the  wood  with  a priming  coat  of  Inside  White 
Coverall  to  which  you  have  added  about  a half 
pint  of  turpentine;  but  the  plastered  wall  should 
first  be  coated  with  our  Fresco  Wall  size  No. 
75W7S36.  Then  follow'  with  two  coats  of  Inside 
Flat  White  Coverall,  as  hereinbefore  described. 
75W8432 — 54-Pint  can.  Weight,  1 5ft  pounds. 

Per  can  $0.28 

75W8433 — 1-Pint  can.  Weight,  2'A  pounds. 

Per  can  $0.50 

75W8434 — 1-Quart  can.  Weight,  4^4  pounds. 

Per  can  $0.90 

75W8435 — J^-Gallon  can.  Weight,  10  pounds. 

Per  can  $1.68 

75WS436 — 1-Gallon  can.  Weight,  1 pounds. 
Per  can  $3.20 


Liquid  Enamel  Paint  in  Colors 

See  Page  18  for  Actual  Colors 


Unsurpassed  for  Interior 
Finish 

On  old  woodwork  or  old  furniture,  you  can 
accomplish  surprising  results  by  the  use  of  these 
Superior  Liquid  Enamels  and  at  a very  small 
cost.  They  produce  a perfectly  smooth,  glossy 
finish  that  is  exceptionally  easy  to  keep  clean  and 
may  be  washed  repeatedly  without  injury.  It 
is  therefore  thoroughly  sanitary. 

It  is  an  excellent  finish  for  wood  or  metal. 
Just  the  finish  for  metal  ceilings,  kitchen  walls, 
bathrooms,  cupboards,  casings  and  baseboards, 
furniture  in  fact,  for  all  interior  wood  or  metal 
work  including  metal  bedsteads.  Liquid  Enamel 
Paint  dries  hard  in  24  hours.  It  is  tough  and 
elastic,  not  easily  marred  or  scratched,  and  will 
retain  its  lustre  and  beauty  for  several  years. 

If  the  surface  you  wish  to  enamel  has  never 
l > n painted  apply  a coat  of  primer  (our  Inside 
Flat  White  Coverall  House  Paint)  in  the  case 
> f new  woodwork.  If  the  surface  is  plastered 
wall,  then  apply  first  a coat  of  Fresco  Wall  Size 
N”.  75W7N30.  In  the  event  the  wall  has  been 
papered,  then  remove  the  paper  by  thorough  soak- 
ing. and  scraping  off  with  a putty  knife  or  similar 
!<  ■ 1.  After  giving  a wall  a chance  to  dry.  sand 
the  surface  with  No.  00  sand  paper  until  smooth, 
and  brush  off  the  dust.  Then  treat  with  size  as 
above  described.  Now  apply  two  or  three  coats 


of  Liquid  Enamel  Paint  of  the  color  you  select, 
and  you  will  have  a job  you  will  be  pleased  with. 
If  the  surface  had  been  previously  painted,  and 
is  in  good  condition,  one  coat  may  be  sufficient 
to  obtain  the  desired  results. 

One  gallon  will  cover  from  200  to  250  square 
feet,  two  coats.  If  the  color  you  paint  with  is 
white,  or  one  of  the  light  shades,  and  the  surface 
you  wish  to  cover  is  now  painted  some  dark 
color,  it  is  best  to  first  apply  one  coat  of  Inside 
Flat  White  Coverall  House  Paint.  LTse  a good 
varnish  brush.  We  recommend  our  No.  75WG18 
for  large  surfaces  like  walls  and  woodwork,  or 
No.  75WC50  for  a small  job  such  as  furniture. 

As  it  is  popular  to  have  a “blue  room,”  a “red 
room,”  or  one  finished  in  some  other  desirable 
color,  Liquid  Enamel  Paint  affords  you  the  oppor- 
tunity of  having  just  what  you  want  in  this  line. 
Then,  too,  it  is  a durable  finish — it  will  not  crack 
nor  peel,  and  retains  its  high  lustre  for  a long 
time.  Very  pleasing  effects  may  also  be  accom- 
plished by  the  use  of  harmonious  shades,  as  for 
instance  one  shade  for  the  side  walls,  with  a 
lighter  tint  of  the  same  color  for  the  ceiling,  and 
a darker  shade  for  the  woodwork  and  furniture. 

Liquid  Enamel  Pa'nt  is  a superior  article,  and 
because  we  quote  it  at  this  low  price  it  should 
not  be  compared  with  cheap  enamels  that  are 
offered  on  the  market.  It  is  a superior  grade, 
else  we  would  not  put  our  name  on  it.  As  it  is 
very  easy  to  applv.  anyone  can  use  Liquid  Enamel 
Paint  with  success. 


Black,  White  and  Twelve 
Beautiful  Tints 

By  referring  to  page  IS,  you  will  be  delighted 
with  the  beautiful  colors  in  which  Liquid  Enamel 
Paint  is  furnished.  It  is  so  easy  for  you  to 
change  unsightly  woodwork  or  furniture  to  a 
thing  of  beauty,  and  at  so  small  a cost,  that  you 
can  offer  yourself  no  excuse  for  not  immediately 
making  the  improvement. 

If  you  hesitate  because  you  are  not  sure  of  the 
results  you  will  get,  write  to  us  explaining  the 
conditions  and  our  paint  expert  will  gladly  give 
you  any  advice  you  request.  Remember,  any 
such  service  is  cheerfully  given,  and  is  absolutely 
free  to  you. 

In  ordering,  state  color  you  wish.  For  colors, 

see  page  18. 

75W8074 — 14  Pint  can.  Weight,  1 pound. 

Per  can  $0.10 

75W8075 — ]/2- Pint  can.  Weight,  154  pounds. 

Per  can  $0.20 

75W8076 — 1-Pint  can.  Weight,  2*4  pounds. 

Per  can  $0.35 

75W8077 — 1-Quart  can.  Weight,  4 'A  pounds. 

Per  can  $0.55 

75W8078 — 54-Gallon  can.  Weight,  10  pounds. 

Per  can  $0.98 

75W8079 — 1-Gallon  can.  Weight,  1554  pounds. 
Per  can  $1.85 


Previous  experience  not  necessary — pages  7 and  8 tell  how  to  paint. 


TilcTi/amtriMhd'Mi 


High  Quality  Varnishes  for  Your  Special  Needs 


Marproof  Floor  Varnish 
$1.98  a Gallon 

A varnish  that  will  stand  the  wear.  You  can- 
not buy  a varnish  elsewhere,  no  matter  what  price 
you  pay,  that  will  prove  more  serviceable,  and  at 
the  end  more  economical,  than  Marproof. 

Water  won’t  hurt  floors  treated  with  Marproof. 
Marproof  Varnish  makes  your  floor  heel-proof, 
mar-proof,  and  positively  water-proof.  It  with- 
stands repeated  washing's,  and  gives  a tough, 
durable,  and  elastic  finish.  Can  be  rubbed  for 
dull  finish. 

Mar-proof  is  equal,  if  not  superior  in  quality, 
to  advertised  brands  sold  by  the  dealers  at  three 
dollars  a gallon.  Our  price,  $1.98. 

75WS640— -Pint  can  $0.35 

75W8641 — Quart  can  - 60 

75W8642 — Vi  gallon  can 1.05 

75W8643 — 1 gallon  can 1.98 

175W8644 — 5 gallon  can 9.40 

Our  Old  Reliable 

Diamond  Floor  Varnish 

$1.70  a Gallon 

This  warnish  has  been  sold  by  us  for  years 

Repeated  orders  from  those  who  have  used  it  is 
the  best  evidence  of  the  satisfaction  it  is  giving. 
Diamond  “W”  Floor  Varnish  dries  o-ver  night 
with  a full  rich  luster  which  can  be  rubbed  to  a 
dull  finish,  if  desired.  It  is  exceedingly  tough, 
will  not  mar  or  scratch,  and  is  not  affected  by 
water. 

75W8645— Pint  can  $0.30 

75W8646 — Quart  can  .. . .50 

75W8647 — Yi  gallon  can 90 

75W8648 — 1 gallon  can 1.70 

175W8649 — 5 gallon  can 8.00 

Superior  Durable  Floor  Varnish 
$1.35  a Gallon 

This  _ varnish  has  splendid  wearing  qualities, 
holds  its  original  gloss  exceptionally  well,  is 
easily  applied,  and  dries  hard  over  night. 

It  has  a very  good  body  as  well, as  a high  gloss 
—qualities  that  are  necessary  in  a good  floor 
varnish. 

Varnishes  no  better  than  this  Durable  Floor 
Varnish  are  frequently  offered  by  others  at  double 
our  price. 

75W8900 — Pint  can.  Per  can $0.25 

75W8901 — Quart  can.  Per  can 44 

75W8902 — y2  Gallon  can.  Per  can 78 

75W8903 — 1 Gallon  can.  Per  can 1.35 

175W8904 — 5 Gallon  can.  Per  can 6.25 

Linoleum  Varnish 

A high  grade,  easy-flowing,  elastic  and  durable 
Varnish.  For  linoleum  or  floor  oilcloth.  It 
greatly  improves  the  life  and  preserves  the  pattern 
and  appearance  of  linoleum.  It  makes  old  lino- 
leum and  oilcloth  look  like  new.  Dries  dustproof 
in  eight  hours.  Floors  can  be  used  in  twenty-four 
hours. 

75W8650— Pint  can.  For $0.30 

75W8651 — Quart  can.  For 50 

75W8652 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 88 

75W8653 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.65 


Durability  is  found  only  in  good  varnishes.  Our 
line  of  varnishes  includes  a varnish  for  every 
purpose  and  for  every  condition.  Nothing  has 
been  spared,  either  in  quality  or  material  or  skill, 
to  make  our  superior  varnishes  the  finest  the 
world  produces.  The  prices  we  quote  mean  a 
saving  to  you  of  from  fifty  cents  to  one  dollar 
per  gallon. 


Miro-Lite  Interior  Finish 
$1.90  a Gallon 

FOR  INTERIOR  WORK  there  is  no  better 
varnish  made  than  Miro-Lite.  It  is  a pale,  bril- 
liant, easy-flowing  varnish,  that  preserves  and  de- 
velops the  natural  beauty  of  different  kinds  of 
woods  to  the  best  possible  advantage.  It  is  not 
affected  by  either  hot  or  cold  water,  and  will  not 
crack,  blister  or  turn  white.  Can  be  rubbed 
and  polished,  and  is  exceedingly  durable.  Dries 
dust-proof  in  six  to  eight  hours,  and  can  be  rubbed 
in  forty-eight  hours. 

75W8610 — Pint  can.  For $0.35 

75W8611 — Quart  can.  For 60 

75W8612 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 1.10 

75W8613 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.90 

175W8614 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 9.25 

Extra  Light  C.oach  Varnish 
$1.60  a Gallon 

A full-bodied,  pale  and  durable  varnish  for  in- 
terior work,  finishing  with  a high,  rich  gloss, 
which  can  be  rubbed  and  polished.  A very  satis- 
factory varnish  for  one-coat  work.  For  use  over 
grained  work  it  is  unsurpassed.  It  works  freely, 
dries  free  from  dust  in  6 to  8 hours,  and  hard  in 
24  hours.  A varnish  that  usually  retails  at  $2.50 
a gallon. 

75W8620— Pint  can.  For $0.28 

75W8621 — Quart  can.  For 48 

75W8622 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 87 

75W8623— 1 Gallon  can.  For.... 1.60 

175W8624 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 7-50 

No.  1 Coach  Varnish 
$1.20  a Gallon 

A quick-drying,  heavy-bodied  Varnish.  For  in- 
terior work.  Dries  with  a good  lustre.  Is  satis- 
factory for  ordinary  work,  where  cost  is  a con- 
sideration. 

75W8630 — Pint  can.  For $0.24 

75W8631 — Quart  can.  For 38 

75W8632 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 67 

75W8633 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.20 

175W8634 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 5.50 

Extra  Hard-Oil  Varnish 

A regular  $2.00  varnish.  Our  price  $1.15  a gallon. 

A good,  medium-priced  varnish.  For  interior 
finish  of  natural  woods.  It  works  freely,  dries 
quickly,  and  gives  a full,  rich  lustre.  This  is  a 
very  satisfactory  varnish  for  the  purpose,  and 
should  not  be  confused  with  cheap  and  inferior 
varnishes  sold  by  others  under  this  same  name. 

75W8625 — Pint  can.  For $0.20 

75W8626 — Quart  can.  For 36 

75W8627 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 70 

75W8628 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.15 

175W8629 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 5.25 

Index  Hard-Oil  Varnish 

A satisfactory  varnish  for  ordinary  interior 
work,  where  an  inexpensive  job  is  desired.  It 
dries  quickly  and  gives  a good  gloss. 

75W8635— Pint  can.  For $0.19 

75W8636 — Quart  can.  For 32 

75W8637 — '/2  Gallon  can.  For 53 

75W863S — 1 Gallon  can.  For 85 

175W8639 — 5 gallon  can.  For 3.75 


One  gallon  of  our  Varnishes  will  cover  about 
600  square  feet  of  surface  on  oak,  or  about  400 
square  feet  on  pine,  one  coat. 

On  these  two  pages  you  will  find  listed  a varnish 
for  every  purpose  and  for  every  condition,  for 
old  as  well  as  for  new  work.  Each  is  guaranteed 
to  do  the  work  for  which  it  is  intended. 

Full  and  complete  directions  on  each  can  of 
Varnish. 


Rubbed  Finish  Varnish 

$2.10  a Gallon 

Rubbed  Finish  Varnish,  when  applied  over  a 
varnished  surface,  produces  the  effect  of  a rubbed 
varnish,  without  the  expense  of  rubbing  down  a 
gloss  coat.  It  is  a superior  article,  and  pro- 
duces a finish  that  is  soft,  pleasing,  and  durable. 
Will  not  mar  o-r  scratch  white.  Is  entirely  free 
from  wax,  dries  in  24  hours,  and  should  be  used 
like  regular  varnish. 

75W8655 — Pint  can.  For $0.35 

75W8656 — Quart  can.  For 60 

75W8657 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 1.12 

75W8658 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 2.10 

175W8659 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 10.00 

Interior  Spar  Varnish 

A full-bodied,  easy-flowing,  and  durable  varnish 
for  interior  work.  This  varnish,  in  color,  flowing, 
and  durability,  is  similar  and  equal  to  varnishes 
sold  by  dealers  at  $3.00  a gallon.  Dries  dust- 
proof  in  six  to  eight  hours,  and  can  be  rubbed 
in  forty-eight  hours.  Our  price,  per  gallon  (1 
gallon  cans),  $1.75. 

75W8615 — Pint  can.  For $0.30 

75W8616 — Quart  can.  For 53 

75W8617 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 97 

75W8618 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.75 

175W8619 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 8.25 

Batavia  Transparent  Damar  Varnish 

An  exceptionally  beautiful  pale.  Transparent 
Varnish.  Made  from  high  grade,  Batavia  Damar 
Gum.  For  use  in  white  enamei  paint,  or  over 
light  colored  paint  or  wall  paper.  Brilliant  and 
full  bodied.  It  flows  and  works  well.  Dries 
dust-proof  in  6 to  8 hours,  and  hard  in  3G  hours. 

75W8660 — Pint  can.  For. $0.25 

75W8661 — Quart  can.  For 45 

75W8662 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 75 

75W8663 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.40 

175W8664 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 6.50 

Chair,  Church  or  School  Seat  Varnish 

A high  grade,  extremely  hard-drying  and  dur- 
able Varnish.  For  fine  furniture,  table  tops,  and 
cabinet  work.  Used  for  rubbing  and  polishing. 
Also  for  church  pews  and  school  seats.  Dries 
hard,  and  will  not  stick.  Dries  dust-proof  in  six 
to  eight  hours.  Can  be  rubbed  in  forty-eight 
hours. 

75W8665— Pint  can.  For $0.32 

75W8666 — Quart  can.  - For 55 

75W8667 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 1.00 

75W8668 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.85 

175W8669 — 5 Gallon  can.  For ft. 75 

No.  1 Furniture  Varnish 

For  all  kinds  of  furniture,  tables,  and  chair 
work.  It  produces  a hard  and  brilliant  surface, 
and  will  not  crack  or  lose  its  gloss.  Dries  in  24 
hours. 

75W8670 — Pint  can.  For $0.24 

75W8671 — Quart  cam  For 43 

75W8672 — y2  Gallon  can.  For .*  .75 

75W8673— 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.30 

175W8674 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 6.00 

Exterior  Spar  Varnish 

A durable,  hard-drying,  full  bodied  varnish. 

For  exterior  work,  front  doors  vestibules,  store 
fronts,  window  casings,  porch  ceilings,  etc.  This 
varnish  is  made  from  the  very  best  gums  and  oils, 
and  will  not  check  crack,  or  turn  white  when 
exposed  to  the  weather.  Dries  dust-proof  in  8 
hours,  and  hard  in  36  to  48  hours. 

75W8600 — Pint  can.  For $0.33 

75W8601 — Quart  can.  For 59 

75W8602 — y2  Gallon  can.  For 1.08 

75W8603 — 1 Gallon  can.  For 1.95 

175W8604 — 5 Gallon  can.  For 9.25 


Make  your  home  brighter  and  more  cheerful — Coverall  will  do  it. 


3 


= Varnishes  and  Wood  Finishes^ 


Carriage  and  Automobile 
Varnish 

Palest  Durable  Body  Varnish 

A very  trans- 
parent Finishing 
Varnish,  for  use 
on  Carriages  and 
Automobiles.  It 
spreads  easiiy, 
and  has  great  bril- 
liancy and  dura- 
bility. It  dries 
free  from  dust  in 
about  twelve 
hours,  and  hard- 
ens in  from  two 
to  three  days.  We 
recommend  this 
varnish  for  the 

very  finest  work, 

as  it  is  pale  and  will  not  darken  or  discolor  the 
daintiest  shades  or  striping  beneath.  Weight,  per 
gallon,  11  pounds. 

75W8690— Pint  can.  Wt„  254  lbs $0.42 

75W8691— Quart  can.  Wt.,  4 lbs 78 

75W8692— '/2  gal.  can.  Wt.,  754  lbs 1.45 

Quick  Rubbing  Carriage 
Varnish 

A hard-drying  varnish  for  use  where  a first- 
class  rubbed  finish  is  desired.  Dries  hard  enough 
to  rub  in  48  hours.  Will  not  sweat  or  crack. 

75W8706— Pint  can.  Wt.,  254  lbs.  For $0.38 

75W8707 — Quart  can.  Wt.,  4 lbs.  For 65 

75W8708 — '/  gallon  can.  Wt.,  754  lbs.  For..  1.20 

Carriage  and  Auto  Top 
Dressing 

A superior  Dressing  for  Waterproofing,  and 
preserving  carriage  and  automobile  tops.  It 
positively  will  not  harden  the  leather.  It  dries 
quickly. 

75W8710 — Pint  can.  W't.,  2 lbs.  Per  can.... 35c 
75W8711 — Quart  can.  Wt.,  3 lbs.  Per  can.. 60c 

Denatured  Alcohol  Shellac 

We  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend  our  Shellacs 
for  the  finest  work,  such  as  first  coating  on  in- 
terior woodwork,  furniture  and  other  surfaces  to 
be  finished  in  varnish  or  wax,  except  floors  to  be 
varnished.  Also  used  extensively  for  finishing 
coat  over  oil  stain  finish,  such  as  our  Mission  Art 
Finishes.  One  gallon  will  cover  from  300  to  400 
square  feet,  one  coat.  Our  shellacs  are  made 
heavy. 

Pure  White  Shellac 

Used  where  no  color  is  desired.  Is  manufac- 
tured from  Pure  Bone-dry  bleached  Shellac,  and 
is  perfectly  clear  and  white.  Weight,  per  gallon, 
9 pounds. 

75W8676— Pint  can  $0.33 

75W8677— Quart  can  50 

75W8678— Zz  gallon  can 95 

75W8679 — I gallon  can  1.80 

Pure  Orange  Shellac 

Very  fine,  light  in  color,  and  free  from  any 
sediment  often  found  in  Orange  Shellac.  Used 

for  darker  surfaces,  such  as  oak.  Also  used  for 

coating  knots  and  sappy  spots  before  painting. 

Weight  per  gallon,  9 pounds. 

75W8680— Pint  can  $0.27 

75W8681 — Quart  can  45 

75W8682 — J4  gallon  can 80 

75W8683 — 1 gallon  can..., 1.50 

Hardwood  Paste  Filler 

For  filling  the  pores  of 
hard  or  open-grained 
woods,  such  as  oak,  ash, 
etc.,  preparatory  to  var- 
nishing. Made  in  light, 
dark  and  golden  oak.  One 
10-pound  can  will  fill  ap- 
proximately 450  square 
feet.  State  color  wanted. 
75W8210 — 1 lb.  can. 

Per  can  $0.07 

75W8211 — 5 lb.  can. 

Per  can  30 

Per  can 58 

Per  can 1.40 


e WOOD 

PASTE  FILLER 

JUNTGOMtRY  WAR04C0. 
AND  WA*-.  AS  BUI 
►COT  MMATH  J 


75W8212 — 10  lb.  can. 
75W8213 — 25  lb.  can. 


Elastic  Gear  Varnish 


For  finishing  gears  and  run- 
ning work.  Works  free  and 
easy,  and  is  extremely  brilliant 
and  durable.  Dries  dust  free  in 
from  8 to  10  hours ; dries  hard 
in  2 to  4 days.  Can  also  be  used 
for  finishing  bodies  where  some- 
thing less  expensive  than  our 
“Palest  Durable  Body”  is  de- 
sired. Weight,  about  12  lbs. 
„ per  gallon. 

75W8694— Pint  can.  For.. $0.40 
75W8695 — Quart  can.  For  .70 
gallon  can.  For 1.30 


VARNISH 

MONTGOMERY 
; WARD  & CO 


75W8696 — 54 


One-Coat  Coach  Varnish 

This  varnish  is  heavier  in  body  than  our 
Elastic  Gear,  and  is  specially  adapted  for  one- 
coat  work.  It  works  easily,  gives  a brilliant 
lustre,  and  is  durable.  Dries  dust  free  in  6 
to  8 hours,  and  hard  in  36  hours. 

75W8698— Pint  can.  Wt.,  254  lbs $0.30 

75W8699 — Quart  can.  Wt.,  4 lbs 53 

75 W8700 — 54  gallon  can.  Wt.,  754  lbs 95 

Varnish  Stains 

For  Refinishing  Furniture  and 
Interior  Woodwork 


$140 


40c  Will  Renew  Your 
Parlor  Furniture 

Varnish  stain  is  especially  adapted  for  refinish- 
ing woodwork  or  furniture  that  has  been  pre- 
viously finished  with  paint,  varnish  or  stains.  It 
is  also  used  on  new  work  or  soft  wood,  such  as 
pine,  where  a rich  gloss  stained  finish  is  desired. 
It  stains  and  varnishes  with  one  application,  and 
dries  hard  with  a fine  lustre  in  from  8 to  12  hours. 

Read  directions  on  page  8. 

One  gallon  will  cover  400  square  feet,  one  coat. 

Colors:  183,  Cherry;  184,  Mahogany;  185, 

Light  Oak;  186,  Rosewood;  18654,  Leaf  Green; 
187,  Antique  Oak;  188,  Walnut;  188;4,  Ground 
Color. 

For  colors,  see  “Co-Var-Finish”  colors  on  page 
20.  State  color  wanted. 

75W8120 — 54  pint  can.  Wt.,  154  lbs.  Each.  .$0.16 
75W81*1— Pint  can.  Wt.,  2'A  lbs.  Each...  .22 

76W8122 — Quart  can.  Wt.,  4 lbs.  Each 40 

75W8123 — 54  gallon  can.  Wt.,  754  lbs.  Each.  .76 
75W8124 — 1 gallon  can.  Wt.,  11  lbs.  Each..  1.40 

' Oil  Wood  Stains 

Used  Only  for  New  Woodwork  and  New  Floors 

These  are  high  class  Oil  Stains.  Made  by  grind- 
ing permanent  colors  in  pure  linseed  oil  and  tur- 
pentine. Put  up  in  the  same  colors  as  “Co-Var- 
Finish,”  but  arc  to  be  used  on  new  woodwork 
only.  A coat  of  varnish  must  be  applied  after  the 
Stain  is  dry  to  give  a gloss  finish.  One  quart  will 
cover  100  square  feet,  one  coat. 

Colors : 183.  Cherry ; 184.  Mahogany ; 185, 

Light  Oak;  186,  Rosewood;  18654,  Leaf  Green; 
187,  Antique  Oak ; 18S,  Walnut. 

For  colors,  sec  “Co-Var-Finish”  colors  on 
Page  20. 

75W8140 — Pint  cans.  Wt..  254  lbs.  Per  can.  $0.19 
75W8141 — Quart  cans.  Wt.,  356  lbs.  Per  can  .34 
75W8142 — J4  gallon  can.  Wt.,  8 lbs.  Per  can  .66 
75W8143 — 1 gallon  can.  Wt.,  12  lbs.  Per  can  1.24 


Wagon  and  Implement 
Varnish 

Durable  Wagon  Varnish 

A light  colored, 
full  drying,  bril- 
liant Varnish, 
especially  recom- 
mended for  farm 
wagons,  agricul- 
tural implements 
and  machinery. 

Has  a good  body, 
mixes  readily, 
with  any  color, 
sets  dust  free  in 
from  5 to  6 hours 
and  is  hard  in 
about  36  hours. 

V ell  adapted  for  outdoor  exposure. 

75W8702— Pint  Can.  Wt.,  254  lbs.  For 25c 

75W8703— Quart  Can.  Wt..  4 lbs.  For 45c 

75W8704 — 54  Gal.  Can.  Wt.,  754  lbs.  For.... 80c 

Mission  Art  Finishes 

Only  for  New  Interior  Finish  and  New  Furniture 

Penetrating  one-coat  Art  Stains.  Used  on  new 
work  only.  For  floors,  interior  woodwork  and 
furniture.  Beautiful  in  tone  and  coloring.  One 
gallon  will  stain  from  700  to  1,000  square  feet  of 
surface.  These  stains  stain  evenly,  penetrate 
thoroughly,  and  cover  such  large  surface  as  to  be 
economical.  They  do  not  mar,  scratch,  or  rub, 
nor  do  they  raise  the  grain  of  the  wood.  Knowl- 
edge of  wood  finishing,  or  previous  experience, 
are  not  necessary. 

Furnished  in  Golden  Oak,  Early  English  Oak, 
Old  English  Oak,  Modern  Weathered  Oak,  Fumed 
Oak,  Forest  Green  Oak,  Light  Oak,  Dark  Oak, 
Walnut,  Dark  Mahogany. 

State  color  wanted. 

75W8130 — 54  pint  cans.  Wt.,  154  lbs. 

Per  can  $0.25 

75W8131— 1 pint  cans.  Wt.,  2J4  lbs. 

Per  can  45 

75W8132 — 1 quart  cans.  Wt.,  454  lbs. 

Per  can  80 

75W8133 — J4  gallon  cans.  Wt.,  654  lbs. 

Per  can  1.45 

75W8134 — 1 gallon  cans.  Wt.,  1054  lbs. 

Per  can  2.75 

Faint  and  Varnish  Remover 

Our  Paint  and  Varnish  Remover  is  superior  to 
old  methods  for  removing  old  paint,  varnish, 
shellac,  filler  or  lacquer  quickly.  It  is  not  in- 
jurious to  the  hands,  and  will  not  discolor  or 
damage  the  wood.  Anyone  can  use  it.  Try  this 
article  the  next  time  you  wish  to  remove  old 
paint,  varnish,  etc. 

75W7796— 1 pint  cans.  Wt.,  2'A  lbs.  Per  can. $0.32 
75W7797 — 1 quart  cans.  Wt.,  4 lbs.  Per  can.  .52 
75W7798 — 54  gallon  cans.  Wt.,  7J4  lbs. 

Per  can  96 

75W7799 — 1 gallon  cans.  Wt.,  11  lbs.  Per  can  1.80 


Liquid  Wood  Filler 

A perfectly  transparent 
filler  for  filling  the  pores  of 
soft  or  close-grained  woods, 
preparatory  to  varnishing. 

Also  used  on  hard  woods 
over  paste  filler.  Dries  hard 
in  about  36  hours,  and  leaves 
a hard,  smooth  surface  for 
finishing.  One  gallon  will 
fill  the  grain  on  about  500 
square  feet.  Weight,  about 
12  lbs.  per  gallon.  Furnished  in  Natural,  only. 

75W8218 — 1 quart  can  $0.32 

75W8219— 54  gallon  can 60 

75W8220 — 1 gallon  cans.  Per  gallon 116 

175W8221 — 5 gallon  cans.  Per  gallon 1.10 


I 

( 


LIQUID 
WOOD  FILLER 


] MATUWAU 


4 


Use  Miro-Lite  Varnish  on  table  tops — scalding-hot  water  won’t  affect  it. 


Bronzes,  Metal  Paints  and  Enamels — Painters’  Specials 


Sunset  Brand  Ready  Mixed  Gold  Paint 

This  paint  is  manufactured  by 
a patented  process.  The  surface 
coated  will  hold  all  the  beauty 
of  finish  under  any  and  all  con- 
ditions for  a much  longer  time 
than  gold  enamel  made  under 
any  other  process  that  we  know 
of.  It  will  not  rub  off.  It  withstands  the  heat 
of  steam  pipes  and  radiators  and  is  not  affected 
by  moisture.  It  is  ready  to  use  and  easy  to 
apply.  Vou  can  use  it  on  old  picture  frames, 
porch  chairs,  brackets,  flower  pots,  ornaments, 
radiators,  steam  pipes  and  bedsteads. 

75W8190 — -Quarter  pint  cans.  Shipping  weight. 

1*4,  pounds  25c 

75W8191 — Half  Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight, 

pounds  40c 

75W8192 — Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight, 

2 VL*  pounds  65c 

75W8193 — Quart  Cans.  Shipping  weight, 

3 pounds  $1.20 

Gold  and  Aluminum  Enamel — Unmixed 

May  be  used  for  all  kinds  of 
artistic  and  decorative  painting,  pic- 
ture frames,  curtain  poles,  toys,  paper 
and  household  ornaments.  Easy  to 
apply.  It  has  a brilliant  and  durable 
lustre.  Each  box  contains  bronze 
and  banana  liquid,  a brush  and 
mixing  cup. 

75W8526 — Small  size,  ^ -ounce  bottle 
Ciold,  2 ounces  Banana  Liquid.  . . 15c 
75W8527-  Large  size,  1 -ounce  bottle 
Gold,  4 ounces  Banana  Liquid... 25c 
•75W8528 — Small  size,  %-ounce  bottle  Aluminum, 

2 ounces  Banana  Liquid 15c 

75W8529-  Large  size,  1-ounce  bottle  Aluminum,  4 

ounces  Banana  Liquid 25c 

Shipping  weight,  small  size,  1 pound ; large 
size,  1 pounds. 

Bronze  Powder  Unmixed 
Gold  and  Aluminum 

These  bronzes  are  finely  ground,  of  good 
quality.  For  use  in  gilding,  decorating,  sign 
work ; on  picture  frames,  radiators,  steam  pipes 
and  other  work.  To  prepare,  mix  with  Banana 
Liquid,  using  about  a pint  of  Liquid  to  6 ounces 
of  Gold  Bronze,  or  I ounces  of  Aluminum  Bronze. 
Apply  with  a soft  hair  or  bronzing  brush. 

Light  or  Pale  Gold  Bronze  Powder 
Light  in  color.  A pure  metal  bronze. 

75W8512 — Half  pound  cans.  For $0.85 

75W8513 — 1 pound  cans.  For 1.50 

Medium  Gold  Bronze  Powder 
Medium  in  color.  A fine  quality. 

75W8515 — 1 ounce  package.  For $0.15 

75W8516 — Three  1-ounce  packages.  For 35 

75W8517 — Half  pound  cans.  For 80 

75W8518 — 1-pound  cans.  For 1.45 

Aluminum  or  Silver  Powder 
Extra  Fine 

75W8520 — 1 -ounce  package.  For $0.15 

75W8521 — Three  1-ounce  packages.  For 35 

75W8522 — Half  pound  cans.  For 80 

75W8523 — 1-pound  cans.  For 1.45 

Bronzing  Liquid 

A Rood  grade  of  bronzing  liquid  for  mixing 
gold,  aluminum  and  other  bronze  paint.  For 

most  purposes  this  liquid  is  as  Rood  as  Banana 
Liquid. 

75W8530 — Pint  Cans.  ShippinR  weight,  2 54 

pounds  24c 

75W8531 — Quart  Cans.  ShippinR  weight,  4 

pounds  40c 

Banana  Liquid 

For  mixing  Gold.  Aluminum  and  other  Bronzes. 
This  is  a water-white  Banana  liquid.  It  produces 
a most  durable  and  heat-resisting  paint.  It  also 
gives  that  fine  satin  finish.  Do  not  use  Banana 
Liquid  for  mixing  paint  for  use  over  varnished 
surface. 

75W8533— Half  Pint  Cans.  Ship,  wt.,  1 lb....  18c 
75W8534 — Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight.  2'4 

pounds  30c 

75W8535 — Quart  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  4 
pounds  50c 

Graphite  Paint 

Made  of  graphite,  thoroughly-  ground  in  pure 
linseed  oil.  This  paint  resists  yvear  and  protects 
such  surfaces  as  iron  yvork,  metal  pillars,  iron 
fences,  etc.  In  black  only. 

75W7773 — Half-gallon  cans.  Shipping  weight,  10 

pounds  60c 

75W7774 — One-gallon  cans.  Shipping  weight,  15 

pounds  ... $115 

175W7775 — Five  gallon  cans.  Shipping  weight. 
65  pounds  $5.50 


Sunset  Brand  Aluminum  Paint 
Ready  Mixed 


i.  Aluminum 
f)  quickly  wit 
=/  It  does  no 


Made  from  the  finest  grade  of 
Aluminum  Bronze.  It  dries 
ith  a brilliant  finish, 
not  spoil  or  lose  its 
brilliancy  while  standing  in  the 
can.  Its  brilliant  finish  is  per- 
manent, either  in  the  air  or 
under  water.  It  prevents  rust 
and  is  oil  and  grease  proof.  It 
may  he  used  for  coating  pipes 
and  radiators,  as  it  will  stand 
the  heat  of  steam.  Washing  with  soap  and  water 
will  not  injure  it.  Easy  to  apply. 

75W8185 — Quarter  Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight, 

pounds  25c 

75W8186 — Half  Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight.  1-54 

pounds  38c 

75W8187 — Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  2 54 

pounds  60c 

75W8188 — Quart  Cans.  Shipping  yveight,  3 

pounds  $1.10 

Radiator  Enamel 

A ready-mixed  glossy  enamel 
for  radiators  and  steam  pipes, 
registers,  and  all  surfaces  exposed 
to  extreme  heat.  Excellent  also 
for  use  on  any  metal  work.  It 
will  not  chip  nor  mar,  and  is  not 
affected  by  heat  or  cold.  Is 
easily  applied,  dries  quickly,  and 
will  remain,  bright  and  glossy. 
Colors:  Maroon,  Black,  Bronze 

Green  and  Dull  Green.  State  color  wanted. 
75W8170 — Half  Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  114 


PADIATOb 

TfiSann 


A 


pounds  

18c 

75W8171— Pint  Cans, 
pounds  

Shipping 

yveight,  254 

75W8172— Quart  Cans, 
pounds  

Shipping 

weight,  454 
45c 

75W8173— Half-Gallon 

10  pounds  

Cans.  Shipping  weight, 
85c 

75W8174— Gallon  Cans, 
pounds  

Shipping 

weight,  1554 

$1.60 

Bath  Tub  Enamels 

These  enamels  produce  a hard, 
lustrous  surface  that  will  not  chip 
or  mar,  and  are  not  affected  by  hot 
or  cold  water.  One  pint  will  give 
an  ordinary  bath  tub  two  coats. 
Also  used  for  re-enameling  iron 
bedsteads  or  any  metal  surfaces. 
Easy  to  apply.  Comes  ready  for 
use.  Colors,  Porcelain  White,  Old 
Ivory,  Wild  Rose  or  Green.  State 

color  wanted. 

75W816Q — -Half  Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight, 

154  pounds  25c 

75W8161 — Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight.  254 

pounds  43c 

75W8162 — Quart  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  454 
pounds  75c 

Stove  Pipe  Enamel 


STOVE 

EnameL, 

75W8178— Pint 
pounds.  For  . 


Especially  adapted  for  stove 
pipes,  grates,  radiators,  heating 
drums  and  hot  or  cold  water 
pipes.  One  coat  gives  a dur- 
able, elastic,  black  finish  that 
will  withstand  intense  heat.  A 
pint  can  is  sufficient  to  enamel 
six  lengths  of  stovepipe. 
75W8177  — Half  Pint  Cans. 
Shipping  yveight,  154  pounds. 

For  12c 

Cans.  Shipping  weight,  254 
20c 


Screen  Paint — Black  or  Green 

Especially  prepared  pre- 
servative paint  that  will 
protect  wire  screens  from 
rust  or  wear.  It  dries 
hard  in  a short  time,  has 
a high  gloss,  and  does  not 
clog  the  meshes.  Apply 
by  brushing  through  one 

side,  leaving  on  just 
enough  paint  so  it  will 
not  run.  Two  colors, 
black  or  green.  State 
color  wanted. 

75W7745 — Half  Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  1 54 

pounds.  For  11c 

75W7746 — Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  254 

pounds.  For  18c 

75W7747 — Quart  Cans.  Shipping  weight.  2y4 

pounds.  For  .' 30c 

75W7748 — Gallon  cans.  Shipping  weight,  12 

pounds.  For $1.05 


Glass  Cutters 

These  Glass  Cullers  arc  made  to  cut.  Do  not 
compare  with  worthless  tools  of  this  class  on  the 
market.  All  our  cutlers,  except  the  Diamond 
Cutters,  are  fitted  with  the  very  best  hardened 
steel  disc  wheels. 

Magazine  Glass  Cutters,  with  G cutters  in  the 
head.  Rosewood  handle,  metal  parts  nickel 
plated. 

75W901 — -Weight,  1 ounce.  Each 23c 


=a  12c 


Polished  frame  with  two  cutters.  Enameled 
wood  handle. 

75W902 — -Weight.  1 ounce.  Each 12c 


8c 


Enameled  wood  handle,  fitted  with  patent  hard- 
ened steel  wheel. 

75W903 — Weight.  1 ounce.  Each 8c 


Glaziers’  Diamonds 


$2.95 


$10.75 


Each  point  is  thoroughly  tested  and  is  perfect. 
Mounted  in  the  best  possible  manner,  highly  pol- 
ished and  nickel  plated.  Weight,  each,  about  2 
ounces. 

Genuine  Diamonds 

75W904 — Size  No.  1.  Cuts  single  thick  glass. 

Each  $2.95 

75W907 — Size  No.  4.  Cuts  double  thick  glass. 

Each  $4  35 

75W908 — Size  No.  5.  Cuts  double  thick  glass. 

Each  $5.40 

75W912 — Size  No.  S.  Cuts  plate  glass. 

Each  $10.  <5 

“Universal”  Glaziers’  Diamonds 

With  this  tool  anyone  can  cut 
glass  perfectly.  Has  a diamond  on 
one  end  and  steel  guide  wheel  in 
other  end.  Weight,  each,  about  2 
ounces. 

75W920 — Size  9.  Cuts  single  thick 

glass.  Price  $2.95 

75W921 — Size  10.  Cuts  single  thick 

glass.  Price $3.50 

75W922 — Size  12.  Cuts  double 

thick  glass.  Price $4.35 

75W923 — Size  13.  Cuts  double 

thick  glass.  Price ....$5.50 

Circular  Glass  Cutter 

® Cuts  circles  from 

254  to  20  inches  in 
diameter.  Has  square 
bar  arm  to  prevent 

cutter  wheel  from  slip- 
ping. Made  of  pol- 
ished steel. 

75W930 — Shipping  weight.  4 ounces.  Price..  49c 

Glaziers’  Points 

Zinc  Glaziers’  Points. 

75W950 — Per  54-pound  paper Cc 

Per  dozen  54-pound  papers 65c 


highly  polished. 


Prevents  Daub 
ing  the  Wall 

A very  handy  article  for  the 
painter,  finisher,  or  for  house- 
hold use.  Also  used  when 
washing  woodwork,  to  protect 
wall  decorations  from  being 
soiled.  Is  made  of  light  metal. 
Length,  8J4  inches. 

75W852 — Shipping  weight,  5 ounces.  Each...  15c 

Is  a mass  of  fine 
steel  fibre,  which  re- 
sembles curled  hair. 
While  it  is  sharp,  it 
does  not  scratch. 
Cuts  as  smoothly  as  the  finest  sandpaper,  emery 
or  pumice  stone.  For  the  housekeeper  it  is  unex- 
celled for  cleaning  glassyvare,  removing  burnt 
matter  and  rust  from  pots,  pans,  sinks,  bath  tubs 
and  stoves.  For  refinishing  hardwood  floors, 
bowling  alleys,  removing  rust  from  iron  surfaces 
preparatory  to  painting,  and  all  coarse  work,  use 
our  Steel  Wool  No.  3,  or  our  steel  shavings. 
75W8265 — No.  0.  Very  fine,  soft.  Cuts  like 

pumice  stone.  1-pound  package 38c 

75W8286 — No.  0 in  small  package.  Shipping 

weight.  3 ounces 9c 

75W8287 — No.  1.  Fine,  soft.  Equals  sandpaper 

No.  0.  1-pound  package  29c 

75W8288 — No.  1 in  small  package.  Shipping 

weight.  3 ounces.-. 9c 

75W8289 — No.  3 Medium.  Equals  sandpaper  No. 

154  and  2.  1-pound  package 25c 

75W8290 — No.  3 in  small  package.  Shipping 

weight.  3 ounces 9c 

75W8291 — Steel  Shavings,  1-pound  package.  22c 


Tllailgjmityllu'id 


For  vehicle  and  implement  paint,  see  page  21. 


^Paints  and  Colors — Paint  Specials^ 


Superfine  Coach  Colors 

Ground  in  Japan.  For  Carriage 
„„  . and  Automobile  Work.  These  colors 
k,nL(W  are  ground  in  high-grade  coach 

Japan  and  are  the  finest  and 

strongest  made.  They  dry  quickly 

and  flat  perfectly.  Put  up  in  1 

lb.  cans. 

Per  can 

75W8490 — Extra  Fine  Ivory  Black 36c 

75W8491 — Fine  Ivory  Black 35c 

75W8492— Drop  Black  35c 

75W8494— Lamp  Black  30c 

75W8494 — Prussian  Blue  95c 

75W8495 — Ultramarine  Blue  ,.34c 

75W8496 — Brewster  Green  (Light,  Medium  or 

Dark)  40c 

75W8497 — Carriage  Green  (Light,  Medium  or 

Dark)  40c 

75W8498— Indian  Red  30c 

75W8499— Tuscan  Red  35c 

75W8500 — Burnt  Sienna  Italian 24c 

75W8502 — Raw  Sienna  Italian 24c 

75W8504 — Burnt  Umber  Turkey 23c 

75W8505 — Raw  Umber  Turkey 23c 

75W8506 — Vandyke  Brown  24c 

75W8508 — Chrome  Yellow  (Light,  Medium  or 
I >ark  ) 33c 

Old  Dutch  White — Ground  in  Oil 

An  interior  white  that  is  whiter  than  any  pure 
white  lead.  We  recommend  it  for  interior  work 
as  it  is  not  subject  to  discoloration,  and,  being 
ground  very  fine  in  oil,  it  has  a greater  covering 
capacity  than  pure  white  lead.  It  is  also  much 
more  economical,  and  being  non-poisonous  it  is 
used  quite  generally  for  interior  finish  in  hospitals 
and  public  buildings.  Excellent  as  an  undercoat 
for  enamels. 

175W8020 — 100  pound  keg.  Per  pound 8c 

175W8021 — 50  pound  keg.  Per  pound....  8J/2C 

175W8022 — - 25  pound  keg.  Per  pound 9c 

175W8023 — V2l/»  pound  keg.  Per  pound....  9^c 
75W8024 — ."i  pound  can.  Per  pound 12c 

White  Lead 

We  believe  it  is  a physical  impossibility  for  any 
painter  to  mix  lead  and  oil,  and  other  materials 
properly,  thoroughly  and  accurately  enough  by 
hand  to  secure  a paint  that  will  accord  the  good 
service,  protection  and  economy  that  is  found  in 
Tower  Brand  or  Coverall  House  Paint.  Read 
page  9. 

To  those,  however,  who  desire  to  mix  their 
own  paint,  we  strongly  recommend  our  own 
brand  of  white  lead.  It  is  strictly  pure,  full  net 
weight,  and  in  quality  and  service  the  very  best 
it  is  possible  to  make. 

Strictly  Pure  White  Lead  in  Oil 

Prices  subject  to  market  changes. 
175W7825 — 100-lb.  metal  kegs,  net  weight. 

Per  lb 9/2c 

175W7826 — 50-lb.  metal  kegs,  net  weight. 

Per  lb 10c 

175W7827 — 25-lb.  metal  kegs,  net  weight. 

Per  lb 10c 

175W7828 — 12)4-lb.  metal  kegs,  net  weight. 

Per  lb 10'/2c 

Special  Brand,  not  a pure  lead,  but  will  give 
good  satisfaction. 

175W7829— 12l/2-lb.  keg.  Per  lb 9J/2c 

175  W7830 — 25-lb.  keg.  Per  lb 9c 

175W7831 — 50-lb.  keg.  Per  lb 8[/2c 

175W7832— 100-lb.  keg.  Per  lb 8c 

American  White,  1 and  5-lb.  cans;  not  a pure 
lead.  For  the  purpose  intended,  however,  it  will 
be  found  entirely  satisfactory.  It  is  used  by 

plumbers  for  piping.  Used  for  priming  coat  on 
sash,  etc.,  where  a cheap  primer  is  desired,  and 
for  other  purposes. 

75W7836— 1-lb.  can.  Per  lb 11c 

76W7837— 5-lb.  can.  Per  lh 10c 

Zinc  in  Oil 

Pure  Zinc,  In  Oil 

75W7838 — 12[/2-lb.  can.  Per  lb 26c 

76W7839— 25-lb.  can.  Per  lb 25c 

76W7840 — 1-lb.  can.  Per  lb -28c 

75W7841 — • 5-lb.  can.  Per  lb 27c 

Zinc  in  Oil,  American  Snow  White 

75W7842— 12'/2-lb.  pail.  Per  lb 10c 

75W7843 — 25-lb.  pail.  Per  lb 8c 

Putty  in  Tins 

75W7850 — 10-lb.  tin  35c 

75W7851 — 5-lb.  tin  19c 

Gloss  Oil 

This  is  a good  grade  of  gloss  oil.  Dries  hard, 
and  is  used  for  siting  and  other  purposes. 

Per  can 

75W8730 — Quart  can.  Ship,  wt.,  4 lbs  $0.18 

75W8731 — 1-gallon  can.  Ship,  wt.,  11  lbs.. . .65 

175W8732- — 6-gallon  can.  Ship,  wt.,  45  lbs.  . 2.60 

Pure  Linseed  Oil  and  Turpentine 

For  prices  on  Linseed  Oil  and  Turpentine,  see 
our  latest  Grocery  Price  List,  or  write  us  for 

quotations.  On  account  of  the  market  changing 
constantly,  we  do  not  quote  prices  in  this  book. 

Plaster  Paris 

175W7913— Plaster  Paris.  Bt.ls,  (200  lbs.) 

P<  r II 2c 

76W7914 — Less  quantity.  Per  lb 3c 


Prices  are  subject  to  unusual  and  extra- 
ordinary changes  in  the  market. 

Dry  Colors 

Our  line  of  dry  colors  is  complete.  For  the 
purpose  intended  they  will  positively  give  satis- 
faction. 

Some  of  the  sundry  colors  we  quote  below  are 
frequently  used  for  painting  purposes  by  simply 
mixing  with  linseed  oil.  This  we  do  not  recom- 
mend. Unless  you  have  the  facilities  for  putting 
the  mixture  through  a paint  mill  your  paint  will 
lack  that  fineness  and  durability  that  is  necessary 

in  good  paint.  In  Coverall  and  Tower  Brand 

Paint  you  get  fineness,  covering  capacity,  dur- 

ability, and  in  the  end,  economy. 

Price  Per  lb. 

175W7881 — Lamp  Black,  Germantown,  50 

lbs.  in  bbl 15c 

75W7882 — Less  quantity  16c 

175W7925 — Raw  Umber,  Turkey.  Bbls.  (300 

lbs.)  4}4c 

75W7926 — Less  quantity  7c 

175W7927 — Burnt  Umber  Turkey.  Bbls. 

(300  lbs.)  VAc. 

75W7928 — Less  quantity  7c 

175W7929 — Raw  Sienna,  Italian.  Bbls.  (300 

lbs.)  5c 

75W7930 — Less  quantity  8c 

175W7931 — Burnt  Sienna,  Italian.  Bbls.  (300 

lbs.)  6c 

75W7932 — Less  quantity  8c 

175W7944 — French  Gray  or  Slate.  Bbls. 

(375  lbs.)  VAc 

75W7945 — Less  quantity  2'Az 

175W7946 — American  Venetian  Red.  Bbls. 

(350  lbs.)  : 2c 

75W7947 — Less  quantity  3c 

175W7948 — Cookson’s  English  Venetian  Red. 

Barrels  (330  lbs.) 4c 

75W7949 — Less  quantity  5c 

175W7950 — Imperial  English  Venetian  Red. 

Barrels  (336  lbs.) . . . 2j/2c 

75W7951 — Less  quantity  4c 

175W7940 — Yellow  Ochre,  Rochelle.  Barrels 

(420  lbs.)  2c 

75W7941 — Less  quantity  3c 

175W7942 — Imported  Yellow  Ochre,  Strong. 

Barrels  (400  lbs.) 5c 

75W7943 — Less  quantity  6/2c 

175W7915— White  Mineral,  Wood  Filler. 

Barrels  (560  lbs.) lc 

75W7916 — Less  quantity  2'Ac 

175W7905—  Red  Lead.  Kegs  (25  lbs.) 9c 

175W7906 — Red  Lead.  Kegs  (50  lbs.) 8c 

175W7907 — Chrome  Yellow.  Bbls.  (200  lbs.). 10c 

75W7908 — Less  quantity  12c 

175W7895— Chrome  Green.  Bbls.  (250  lbs.)  .20c 

75W7896 — Less  quantity  23c 

175W7890 — Ultramarine  Blue.  Boxes  (28 

lbs.)  10c 

75W7891 — Less  quantity  12c 

175W7954 — Red  Oxide  Iron  Paint.  Bbls. 

(350  lbs.)  3c 

75W7955 — Less  quantity  5c 

175W7956— Dark  Red  Iron  Paint.  Bbls. 

(350  lbs.)  2c 

75W7957 — Less  quantity  3c 

175W7958 — Prince’s  Mineral,  Reddish  Brown. 

Barrels  (350  lbs.) 2c 

75W7959 — Less  quantify  3c 


Gilder’s  Whiting 

175W7917 — Extra  Fine  Quality  Bolted  Whiting. 

Bbls.  (400  lbs.).  Per  lb lc 

175W7918 — Drums  (100  lbs.)  Per  lb 

75W7919 — Less  quantity.  Per  lb 2c 

Cement  or  Mortar  Colors 

The  best  grade  of  mineral  colors  that  the  market 
affords  for  coloring  mortar,  cement  blocks,  stucco, 
concrete  and  brick  work.  These  colors  will  not 
fade. 

No.  70 — Chocolate  Brown,  a deep,  rich  brown 
for  coloring  mortar  for  laying  manganese  brick. 

No.  71— Mortar  Buff,  mixed  with  mortar  or 
cement,  will  give  a soft,  medium  shade. 

No.  72 — Mortar  Red  will  produce  a rich,  rather 
dark  red. 

No.  73 — Red  Extra  Strong.  Produces  a full, 
rich,  brilliant  shade. 

No.  74 — Mortar  Black  is  a good  grade  of  perma- 
nent black. 

175W7962 — Colors,  70,  71  and  72.  100-lb.  Drum. 

Per  lb 2c 

175W7963— Colors  70,  71  and  72.  50-lb.  Drum. 

Per  lb 2'Ac 

75W7964 — Colors  70,  71  and  72.  Less  quantity. 

Per  lb 3c 

175W7967— Color  73.  100-lb.  Drum.  Per  lb.. 9c 

175W7968— Color  73.  50-lb.  Drum.  rerlb..9^c 
75W7969 — Color  73.  Less  quantity.  Per  lb..  10c 
175W7972— Color  71.  100-lb.  Drum.  Per  lb.. 5c 

175W7973— Color  74.  50-lb.  Drum.  Pcrlb..5^c 

75W7974 — Color  74.  Less  quantity.  Per  lb.... 6c 

The  amount  of  coloring  required  depends  both 
upon  the  depth  of  coloring  desired  and  the  amount 
of  cement  or  mortar  to  be  colored.  The  more 
color  used,  the  deeper  the  shade. 

For  the  brown  or  buff,  use  from  15  to  20  pounds 
of  color  to  each  100  pounds  of  cement  or  mortar. 
Two  or  three  pounds  less  of  tile  other  colors  may 
be  sufficient. 


Colors-  Ground  in  Oil 

Finely  ground  in  pure  linseed  oil. 

1 lb.  Can  Each  5 lb.  Can  Each 

Drop  Black  75W7976— 15c  75W7977— $0.73 

Ivory  Black  75W7978— 20c  75W7979—  .95 

Coach  Black  75W7980— 20c  75W7981—  .95 

Lamp  Black  75W7982— 15c  75W7983—  .72 

Prussian  Blue  ...75W7984 — 60c  75W7985—  2.95 

Ultramarine  Blue. 75W7986— 25c  75W7987—  1.20 

Italian  Sienna  (.raw 

or  burnt)  75W7988— 14c  75W7989—  .67 

Turkey  Umber 

(raw  or  burnt) .. 75W7990— 14c  75W7991—  .67 
Vandyke  Brown.  .75W7992— 15c  75W7993—  .72 

Chrome  Green 

(light,  medium 

and  deep)  75W7994— 18c  75W7995—  .85 

Tuscan  Red  75W7998 — 20c  75W7999—  .95 

English  Venetian  75W8000—  9c  75W8001—  .43 

Indian  Red  75W8002— 15c  75W8003—  .70 

Chrome  Yellow 
(light,  medium 

and  orange)  75W8004 — 20c  75W8005 — .95 

French  Yellow 

Ochre  75W8006—  9c  75W8007—  .43 

Red  Lead  75W8008— 18c  75W8009—  .85 

Permanent  Red  . .75W8010— 40c  75W8011—  1.95 

Flat  Brick  Red . . 75W8012— 14c  75W8013—  .67 

Venetian  Red — Ground  in  Oil 
A good  grade  of  Venetian  Red.  Use  about 
12  lbs.  Venetian  Red  to  each  gallon  of  linseed  oil. 

75W7853 — 12^2  lb.  cans.  Per  lb 6c 

75W7854 — 25  lb.  cans.  Per  lb 6c 

175W7855— 100  lb.  kegs.  Per  lb 5i/2c 

French  Yellow  Ochre— Ground  in  Oil 

Use  about  12  lbs.  of  yellow  ochre  to  the  gallon 
of  linseed  oil. 

75W7857— 12 lb.  cans.  Per  lb 6c 

75W7858 — 25  lb.  cans.  Per  lb 6c 

175W7859 — 1 < h » li, s.  kegs.  Pur  1 ■. 5rjc 

Graining  Colors  in  Oil 

In  paste  form.  Prepared  for  use  by  mixing  to' 
the  consistency  of  paint,  or  a little  heavier,  with 
one  part  boiled  linseed  oil  and  two  parts  turpen- 
tine. Colors:  Mahogany,  cherry,  walnut,  light 
oak  or  dark  oak.  State  color  wanted. 

75W8015 — 1-podnd  cans.  Per  can 12c 

75 W8016— 5-pound  cans.  Per  can 57c 

Wood  Bleacher  and  Weather  Stain 
Remover 

Takes  spots  or  weather  stains  out  of  woodwork. 
Bleaches  floors,  window  sills,  doors,  and  wood- 
work to  their  natural  color.  It  acts  quickly  and 
is  easily  applied.  Weight,  per  quart,  about  2 lbs. 

75W8442 — Pint  cans.  Each 26c 

75W8443 — Quart  cans.  Each 45c 

Fresco  Wall  Size,  75c  a Gallon 

.For  use  on  Plastered  Walls  to  make  proper  sur- 
face for  paints  and  kalsomine,  as  it  prevents  suc- 
tion. Dries  in  about  8 hours. 

75W8736— Quart  can.  Ship,  wt.,  3 lbs $0.28 

75W8737 — (/2  Gallon  can.  Ship,  wt.,  5V>  lbs.  .45 
75W8738 — 1 Gallon  can.  Ship,  wt.,  10V>  lbs.  .75 
175W8739 — 5 Gallon  can.  Ship,  wt.,  50  lbs.  3.50 

Powdered  Pumice  Stone 
Best  grade  English  Pumice  Stone.  Used  with 
raw  linseed  oil  or  water  by  painters  and  others, 
for  rubbing  down  varnished  surfaces,  preparatory 
to  polishing. 

75W7875— Per  lb $0.06 

75W7876 — 25  lb.  packages.  For 1.00 

Rubbing  Brick 

Very  best  quality  Sharp  Cutting  Pumice  Stone. 
Used  by  the  painter  and  wagon  finisher  in  rubbing 
down  varnished  surfaces.  Also  used  for  scouring 
stone  surfaces,  and  many  other  purposes.  Ship- 
ping weight.  1 Yi  lbs. 

75W8275 — Compressed  bricks.  Each  $0.80 

Rotten  Stone — English  Powdered 
Used  for  polishing  varnished  surfaces,  after  be- 
ing rubbed  down  with  pumice  stone. 

75W7878 — Rotten  Stone.  lVr  lb 6c 

Rubbing  Felt 

For  rubbing  down  varnished  surfaces. 

75W8279 — Hard  Felt.  Pieces  about  5 in.  square. 

Shipping  weight,  4 ounces.  Per  piece.. 35c 

75W8280 — Soft  Felt.  Pieces  about  G in.  square. 
Shipping  weight,  2 ounces.  Per  piece 30c 

Rubbing  Oil 

Use  by  dipping  "Rubbing  Felt”  into  this  oil, 
then  into  Powdered  Pumice  Stone  or  Rotten 
Stone,  for  rubbing  varnished  or  enameled  surfaces 
to  a polish  finish. 

75W8281 — Pint  can.  Ship,  wt.,  1%  lbs $0.10 

75W8282 — Quart  can.  Ship,  wt.,  3 lbs 15 

75W8283 — Gallon  can.  Ship,  wt.,  10  lbs 40 

175W8284 — 5 gallon  can.  Ship,  wt..  5i>  lbs.  . 1 90 

Turpentine  Japan  Dryer  80c  a Gallon 
A very  good  Binder  and  Strong  Dryer.  Mixes 
readily  and  does  not  injure  the  life  of  the  paint. 
Shipping  weight,  per  gallon,  11  pounds. 

75W8720— Pint  can.  For $0.18 

75W8721— Quart  can.  For 30 

75W8722 — Y2  Gal.  can.  For 60 

75W8723 — 1 Gal.  can.  For 80 

175W8724 — 5 Gal.  can.  For 3.50 


6 


New  paint  suggests  new  window  shades.  See  them  on  page  29. 


How  to  Paint  and  Varnish 


You  Can  Do  Your  Own  Painting 

Note  carefully  the  suggestions  given  on  these 
pages,  and  follow  closely  the  complete  directions 
included  with  every  can  of  oiu  paint  and  varnish. 
It  will  be  easy  for  you  to  do  your  own  work  with 
thoroughly  satisfac- 
tory results. 

It  is  true  that  an 
experienced  painter 
will  do  the  work 
more  quickly  than 
you  can,  but  unless 
time  is  an  impor- 
tant factor,  you  can 
save  the  labor  ex- 
pense. 

Painting  or  deco- 
rating. like  every- 
thing else,  is  large- 
ly a question  of 
using  a little  com- 
mon sense.  With 
reasonable  care  and 

Follow  weatherboards  within 

easy  reach  across  building  necessary  tools,  you 
to  avoid  laps  showing.  can  produce  results 
that  will  be  almost  up  to  the  professional  stand- 
ard. 

Follow  our  instructions  and  you  will  find  paint- 
ing so  easy  that  you  will  consider  it  a pleasure. 

The  Best  Time  to  Do  Outside  Painting 

Always  select  a dry  day.  Be  sure  that  the  sur- 
face to  be  painted  is  thoroughly  dry  and  free 
from  dirt,  grease,  or  old  paint.  If  paint  is  ap- 
plied on  a surface  that  appears  dry  but  is  water- 
soaked,  the  paint  will  peel  or  blister  when  the  sun 
beats  against  it.  Don't  attempt  to  paint  when 
the  thermometer  registers  below  50  degrees,  as 
the  paint  is  likely  to  thicken,  or  begin  what  is 
commonly  known  as  “crawling.”  By  crawling 
we  mean  the  paint  will  collect  in  drops  and  not 
cover  the  entire  surface,  leaving  many  spots  bare. 
Crawling  also  happens  if  the  surface  is  too  glossy. 
In  such  cases,  sandpaper  the  gloss  to  a flat  or 
dull  surface. 

How  to  Estimate  Amount  of  Paint 
Needed 

Take  for  an  example  a house  30  feet  by 
40  feet  and  20  feet  high.  Front,  30  feet;  rear, 
30  feet ; one  side,  40  feet ; other  side,  40  feet ; 
total,  140  feet.  The  total  multiplied  by  height, 
20  feet,  is  2.S00  square  feet;  2,800  divided  by  300 
is  9.  This  shows  that  approximately  9 gallons 
of  paint  is  required  to  cover  two  coats.  This  rule 
will  vary  a trifle  according  to  the  condition  of 
the  wood.  If  it  has  been  painted  once,  or  the 
surface  is  smooth  and  hard,  less  than  the  above 
quantity  will  do.  A slightly  greater  amount  will 
be  needed  if  the  building  is  new,  or  the  lumber 
has  never  been  painted.  On  a new  building  be 
sure  to  shellac  all  knots,  and  sappy  or  pitchy 
spots  before  applying  the  first  coat.  Also  more 
paint  will  be  needed  if  the  surface  is  old  and 
porous. 

If  a roof  is  to  be  painted,  the  paint  will  prob- 
ably differ  from  that  on  the  body  of  the  house ; 
therefore,  the  measurements  should  be  kept  sep- 
arate. If  one  side  of  the  roof  measures  13  feet 
by  30  feet,  multiply  15  by  30,  which  makes  450 
square  feet  for  the  one  side  of  the  roof.  Multiply 
this  by  two  (to  get  dimensions  of  the  two  sides 
of  the  roof),  or  900  square  feet.  Divide  this  by 
450,  as  one  gallon  of  paint  is  required  to  cover 
about  450  square  feet,  one  coat. 


How  to  Use  the  Paint 

Be  sure  to  stir  the  paint  thoroughly.  Cut  out 
the  entire  head  of  the*  can.  Pour  off  oil  into  an- 
other vessel  and  stir  the  balance  in  tin*  can  thor- 
oughly, gradually  adding  the  oil  until  all  has  bee*n 
returned.  Then  pour  it  back  and  forth  from  one 
can  into  another,  until  it  is  thoroughly  mixed. 
All  paints  must  be  stirred  from  time  to  time 
while  using  to  prevent  the  pigment  from  settling 
to  the  bottom.  When  painting  new  surfaces  it 
is  always  well  to  mix  a pint  to  one  quart  of 
pure  raw  linseed  oil  to  the  gallon  of  paint.  Al- 
ways be  sure  to  use  pure  raw  linseed  oil.  When 
placing  your  order  for  paint  it  is  always  well  to 
order  oil  at  the  same  time.  We  handle  onlytthe 
pure  oil.  Do  not  try  to  use  cheap  ochre  for  first 
coat,  as  it  will  surely  give  you  an  inferior  job. 
Use  our  paints  as  per  our  instructions  and  you 
will  have  no  trouble.  Let  the  first  coat  harden 
or  dry  from  four  to  five  days  before  applying  a 
second  coat.  Then  use  the  paint  just  as  it  comes 
in  the  can,  but  be  sure  to  stir  it  thoroughly  and 
mix  it  as  per  our  instructions. 

Floor  Paints 

The  floor  must  be  dry,  clean,  and  free  from 
grease  and  dirt.  To  remove  grease  and  stains, 
use  turpentine  or  benzine.  Shellac  all  knots, 
and  sappy  or  pitchy  spots  before  putting  on  the 
first  coat. 

Interior  Paints  for  Walls,  Woodwork, 
Etc. 

Our  Coverall  House  Paint  is  excellent  for  all 
kinds  of  inside  painting.  In  kitchens,  where  the 
woodwork  or  walls  are  more  or  less  greasy,  wash 
with  a solution  of  salsoda  and  warm  water,  using 
about  one-half  pound  of  salsoda  to  a bucket  of 
water  and  add  a little  soap.  Do  not  apply  paint 
until  the  surface  is  perfectly  dry.  Our  four-inch 
brush  No.  75W701  is  ideal  for  this  kind  ()f  work. 

If  the  paint  gets  too  thick,  use  turpentine  only 
for  thinner  for  interior  use. 

Flat  Wall  Paint 

If  the  wall  has  been  kalsomined  it  is  necessary 
to  wash  off  with  a sponge  and  warm  water.  Then 
use  our  size  No.  75W8738  before  putting  on  the 
first  coat  of  paint.  If  the  wall  has  been  painted 
before  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  use  the  size. 
Use  our  Flat  Wall  Paint  described  on  Page  18. 

Kalsomine  and  Fresco  Colors 

Always  be  sure  to  remove  any  previous  water 
coloring  or  kalsomine.  This  can  be  done  with 
a sponge  and  warm  water.  A little  vinegar  or 
salsoda  will  help  to  soften  the  kalsomine.  Before 
putting  on  fresh  kalsomine,  use  our  Sizing  No. 
73W8738.  See  that  the  sizing  is  perfectly  dry 
before  applying  the  kalsomine  or  fresco  colors. 
Mix  the  kalsomine  or  fresco  according  to  direc- 
tions on  the  can  or  package. 

Filling 

On  new  work,  vvhere  it  is  desirable  to  bring 
out  the  natural  grain  of  the  wood,  it  is  necessary 
to  first  fill  the  grain  to  get  a smooth  and  hard 
surface  upon  which  to  apply  the  varnish.  For 
this  purpose  we  furnish  filler  in  both  paste  and 
liquid  form. 

Hardwood  Paste  Filler 

For  Open-Grained  Woods,  Such  as  Oak 
and  Ash 

Thin  our  Filler  with  benzine  or  turpentine  to 
the  consistency  of  a thin  varnish  or  cream,  and 
apply  witli  a brush  evenly  so  as  to  fill  all  the 
pores  thoroughly.  Let  the  filler  stand  fifteen  or 
twenty  minutes  until  the  gloss  disappears;  then 
rub  off  with  a cloth,  hemp  or  burlap.  Be  careful 
to  rub  across  the  grain  of  the  wood.  Should  the 
filler  dry  too  quickly  .for  your  work,  add  a little 
raw  linseed  oil.  Wait  from  eight  to  ten  hours 
before  varnishing.  Use  our  Filler  No.  75W8210. 

This  Filler  settles  less  and  requires  less  first 
coater  in  finishing  than  almost  any  other  filler. 
It  makes  a very  hard,  smooth  surface  for  the 
varnish  to  be  applied  afterwards. 

Liquid  Wood  Filler 

A transparent  filler,  for  filling  the  pores  of 
soft  or  close  grained  woods  preparatory  to  var- 
nishing. It  is  also  used  over  hard  woods  that 
have  been  treated  with  paste  filler.  Apply  freely 
with  a brush,  and  brush  in  well  and  evenly. 
Allow  at  least  twenty-four  hours  for  drying  be- 
fore sandpapering.  For  new  work,  the  surface 
to  be  coated  should  be  clean,  smooth,  dry.  and 
free  from  dust. 

L’se  our  Filer  No.  75WS220. 


How  to  Use  Varnish 

The  most  important  thing  is  cleanliness.  The 
surface  to  be  varnished  must  be  free  from  dust 
and  dampness.  Use  a clean  brush. 

The  drying  and  hardening  of  varnish  is  more 
rapid  and  effectual  where  proper  light  and  venti- 
lation are  present.  There  should  be  no  draft. 
The  temperature  of  the  room  should  be  about 
70  degrees.  Select  a dry  day  for  your  varnishing. 

If  varnish  becomes  chilled  by  exposure,  set 
can  in  warm  water.  If  varnish  thickens  after 
opening,  thin  cautiously  with  pure  turpentine 
only. 

Varnish  should  not  be  brushed  out  like  paint, 
but  should  be  laid  on  freely,  and  evened  off  with 
as  few  strokes  as  possible.  Use  a full  brush, 
rubbing  it  out  crosswise,  if  possible.  Finish  by 
laying  it  off  up  and  down  the  grain. 

For  floors  or  interior  varnishing,  our  Brush 
75W(il8  is  the  ideal  one  to  use.  For  a less  ex- 
pensive brush,  use  Brush  75WG21,  or  smaller 
sizes.  For  extra  fine  work,  such  as  pianos,  table 
tops,  etc.,  use  our  Fitch  brush.  No.  75W525. 

In  buying  our  Superior  Y’arnishes,  you  are  not 
only  sure  of  good  varnishes,  but  you  are  also 
sure  of  good  results.  Every  can  bears  full  and 
complete  directions.  Different  woods  require  dif- 
ferent treatment,  as  do  also  old  and  new  floors. 
Many  varnishes  have  been  unsatisfactory  because 
the  conditions  were  not  right  when  applied.  Full 
directions  arc  on  the  can,  and  it  is  well  to  read 
them  carefully. 

To  Varnish  New  Floors 

All  open  grained  woods,  such  as  oak,  ash,  wal- 
nut, etc.,  must  be  first  filled  with  hardwood  paste 
filler.  Use  our  No.  75W8210,  listed  under  Hard- 
wood Paste  Filler,  Page  4.  Allow  about  two 
days  for  the  filler  to  dry ; then  sandpaper  with 
No.  1 sandpaper,  and  dust  thoroughly. 

Apply  at  least  two  coats  of  varnish,  and  allow 
two  days  between  coats  for  drying.  Before  apply- 
ing the  last  coat,  the  surface  should  be  rubbed 
lightly  with  steel  wool  or  sandpaper,  to  kill  the 
gloss  and  allow  the  last  coat  to  “take  hold” 
better. 

To  Varnish  Old  Floors 

Revarnishing  old  varnish  should  not  be  done 
unless  the  floor  is  in  good  condition,  and  is  not 
scaling  or  chipping  off.  If  floor  is  in  good  condi- 
tion, fill  all  cracks  and  crevices  with  Crack  and 
Crevice  Filler,  No. 
75YV8228.  Sand- 
paper the  surface 
smoothly,  clean 
thoroughly,  then 
proceed  with  the 
varnish. 

If  floor  is  not  in 
good  condition,  the 
old  varnish  should 

Take  about  six  boards  and  fol-  j)e  removed  with 
low  across  room  so  laps 

will  not  show.  Paint  and  Varnish 

Remover,  No.  75W7799.  Then  clean  the  surface 
thoroughly  with  a cloth  and  benzine ; sandpaper 
well,  and  refinish  as  in  new  work. 

Do  not  varnish  over  wax.  For  floors  that  have 
been  waxed  it  is  necessary  to  remove  every  par- 
ticle of  wax  before  applying  the  varnish.  This 
can  be  dene  by  using  steel  wool  and  turpentine. 

To  Varnish  Close-Grained  Woods 

Pine,  maple,  etc.,  require  no  filler  of  any  kind. 
Simply  apply  three  coats  of  varnish  direct  to 
the  wood.  Thin  the  first  coat  with  a little  tur- 
pentine. Use  from  one-half  pint  to  one  pint  of 
turpentine  to  one  gallon  of  varnish.  Follow  with 
second  coat,  and  after  allowing  plenty  of  time  for 
drying  (in  most  cases  two  days),  sandpaper 
lightly,  and  apply  last  or  finishing  coat  just  as 
the  varnish  comes  in  the  can.  Brush  out  well 
and  evenly. 

Never  use  shellac  or  liquid  filler  of  any  kind 
for  undercoat  on  floors  to  be  finished  with  var- 
nish. Simply  apply  the  varnish  direct  to  the 
wood,  except  in  case  of  hard  and  open  grain 
woods,  such  as  oak.  ash.  walnut,  etc.,  which 
should  first  be  filled  with  hardwood  paste  filler, 
as  previously  stated. 


Tfamlgornttyll/arid 


Read  page  9,  “Why  Mix  Your  Own  Paint?”  Ready  mixed  paint  is  better. 


7 


How  to  do  a Rubbed  Finish 

When  the  last  coat  of  varnish  is  thoroughly 
dry  and  hard,  rub  down  with  a rubbing  felt  and 
fir»e  pumice  stone.  Dip  the  rubbing  felt  lightly 
in  water,  or  raw  linseed  oil,  and  then  dip  the 
moist  felt  in  the  pumice  stone  and  rub  the  sur- 
face up  and  down  with  the  grain  of  the  wood. 
A smoother,  dull-rubbed  finish  can  be  obtained 
by  using  oil.  Use  our  Rubbing  Oil  No.  75W  81281. 

Rotten  stone  is  used  for  polishing  varnished 
surfaces,  after  being  rubbed  down  with  pumice 
stone.  Dip  a piece  of  cloth  or  felt  into  Rubbing 
Oil  or  water,  then  into  the  rotten  stone,  and  rub 
the  surface  to  a polish.  Finish  by  rubbing  of! 
all  the  oil  and  powdered  stone  that  may  be  left 
on  the  surface,  using  a soft  flannel  cloth. 

You  can  save  time  and  procure  a good  job  by 
using  our  Rubbed  Finish  Varnish  No.  75W8058. 

To  Remove  Old  Paint 
or  Varnish 

On  woodwork  and  furniture  where  the  old  fin- 
ish is  in  very  bad  condition  it  is  best  to  remove 
the  old  paint  or  varnish  to  get  a smooth  surface, 
and  thus  obtain  a good  job  of  refinishing. 

Apply  our  Paint  and  Varnish  Remover  No. 
75W7799  freely  with  a glue-set  brush.  After  al- 
lowing it  to  stand  for  about  five  minutes  remove 
the  softened  old  coating  with  a dull  knife  or 
painter’s  scraper.  Use  a wire  brush  for  carvings 
or  mouldings.  For  very  old  or  many-coated  work, 
apply  a second  coat  of  the  Remover  and  treat  in 
the  same  way.  Then  clean  the  surface  with  a 
rag,  or  piece  of  waste  dipped  in  the  Remover  or 
benzine. 

Refinishing  Old  Woodwork 
or  Furniture 

To  change  the  finish  on  any  woodwork  or  fur- 
niture, whether  it  needs  refinishing,  or  you  simply 
want  to  apply  a finish  to  harmonize  with  other 
furniture  or  decorations,  colored  varnish  or  var- 
nish stains  are  remarkably  good  because  the  cost 
is  low.  They  arc  easy  to  apply  (anyone  can  do 
the  work)  and  the  results  are  most  gratifying. 

How  to  Use  Co-Var-Finish 
or  Varnish  Stain 

This  finish  stands 
at  the  head,  not  only 
for  refinishing,  but 
also  for  new  work, 
whether  it  be  wood- 
work or  furniture. 

1 1 For  new  floors  or 
woodwork,  if  the 
wood  is  open-grained 
like  oak  or  ash.  fill 
first  with  our  Paste 
Filler;  then,  after  al- 
lowing 24  hours  to 
dry,  apply  two  coats 
of  Co-Var-Finish,  any 
color  you  wish.  But 
if  you  wish  to  retain 
the  natural  color  of 
the  wood,  use  natural 
Co-Var-Finish.  Be 
sure  to  allow  at  least 
48  hours  between 
coats.  Close-grained 
woods  like  maple, 
cherry,  birch  or  ma- 
hogany require  no 
filler.  Just  auoly  the 
two  coats  of  Co-Var- 

Finish  each  piece  in  a door1?".*8'1,  as  al,ove  ex’ 
before  startmg  on  another  For  Q,d  noQrs  or 
piece  so  laps  will  not  show  woodwork,  if  in  fair- 
ly  good  condition, 
touch  up  the  bare  spots,  then  apply  the  Co-Var- 
Finish.  If  in  bad  condition,  or  discolored,  or  if  you 
wish  to  apply  a lighter  color,  apply  first  a coat 
of  Co-Var-Finish  ground  color;  then  apply  the 
desired  color  of  Co-Var-Finish.  For  finishing 
furnituic.  sec  that  the  surface  is  clean  and  dry, 
then  sandpaper  all  rough  spots.  If  some  places 
are  badly  worn.,  touch  up  those  places  first,  then 
apply  Co-Var-Finish. 

Varnish  Stain  may  be  used  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  above  direction  for  Co-Var-Finish. 


How  to  Paint  and  Varnish; 


How  to  do  Graining 

On  woodwork  or  furniture  that  has  been  previ- 
ously painted,  and  an  imitation  of  grain  of  wood 
is  desired,  this  can  be  very  easily  accomplished 
by  the  aid  of  our  handy  graining  tools.  For  these 
tools,  refer  to  Page  23  of  this  book. 

To  grain,  apply  first  a coat  of  Ground  Color 
Co-Var-Finish,  after  seeing  that  the  surface  to 
be  grained  is  sanded  smooth.  Or  if  the  surface  is 
very  rough,  it  would  be  best  to  remove  the  paint 
or  varnish  with  our  Paint  and  Varnish  Remover. 
The  ground  color  then  completely  covers  the  old 
finish  and  makes  the  necessary  foundation  for 
graining. 

One  coat  of  ground  color  is  usually  sufficient, 
but  if  still  rough,  it  is  best  to  sandpaper  this 
down  until  smooth  and  apply  a second  coat  of 
ground  color.  Each  coat  should  dry  over  night 
before  the  next  coat  is  applied. 

Now  put  on  a coat  of  Graining  Compound  to 
give  color  for  the  graining,  being  particular  to 
spread  on  very  thin  and  brush  out  smoothly  and 
evenly,  covering  only  a small  surface  at  a time. 
As  Graining  Compound  is  quick  drying,  the 
graining  tools  must  be  used  before  the  compound 
begins  to  dry.  Apply  Graining  Compound  with  a 
brush  that  has  not  previously  been  used  in  var- 
nish, paint,  or  any  preparation  containing  tur- 
pentine or  oil. 

After  allowing  one  hour  for  the  graining  to 
dry,  apply  Co-Var-Finish  to  obtain  a gloss  finish. 
For  floors  it  is  best  to  apply  two  coats  of  natural, 
allowing  sufficient  time  between  these  two  coats 
for  drying. 

If  you  have  never  tried  to  do  any  graining  be- 
fore, it  is  wise  to  practice  a little  by  first  graining 
a small  panel,  to  try  out  the  graining  tools  a few 
times  before  starting  the  work. 

Stucco,  Concrete,  and 
Cement  Coating 

For  coating  and  damp-proofing  cement,  brick 
or  masonry  surfaces,  use  our  Concrete  and 
Cement  Coating.  It  comes  in  the  package,  ready 
for  general  use. 

See  that  the  surface  is  dry,  clean,  and  loose 
particles  of  sand,  lime  or  cement  removed,  which 
can  be  done  with  a wire  brush.  Apply  with  a 
four  or  five-inch  paint  brush  like  ordinary  paint. 

Two  coats  are  required  on  all  new  work,  and 
in  most  cases  on  old  work,  especially  where  pro- 
tection against  dampness  and  discoloration  is  de- 
sired. The  first  coat  should  be  brushed  well  into 
the  pores  of  the  surface  freely  enough  to  fill 
all  pores  and  depressions.  Not  less  than  3 days 
must  be  allowed  for  drying  before  applying  the 
second  coat.  In  applying  the  second  coat,  paint 
should  not  be  reduced ; it  should  be  applied  just 
as  it  comes  in  the  can  after  thoroughly  stirring, 
and  brushed  out  to  an  even,  uniform  coating. 

Any  of  the  shades  can  be  made  lighter  by  the 
addition  of  our  white  Concrete  and  Cement  Coat- 
ing. 

Screen  Paint 

Stir  thoroughly  before  using.  Have  the  surface 
to  be  coated  clean  and  free  from  dust.  Apply 
evenly  and  freely.  If  the  paint  is  too  thick,  thin 
with  a little  turpentine. 

Automobile,  Carriage, 
Wagon,  and  Implement 
Paint 

The  surface  to  he  painted  should  be  dry,  clean, 
and  free  from  grease  and  dust.  If  there  arc  any 
grease  spots  be  sure  to  cleanse  them  with  benzine 
or  turpentine.  It  is  always  well  to  put  a coat 
of  shellac  on  any  parts  that  arc  likely  to  be 
greasy.  It  is  not  necessary  to  remove  all  of  the 
paint  on  a job  of  this  kind.  AH  that  is  necessary 


is  to  thoroughly  sandpaper  or  use  steel  wool  for 
rubbing  down  the  body  parts  to  a smooth  finish. 
For  Carriages  and  Automobiles  use  our  Paint  No. 
75 W 7 812,  with  further  directions  on  can.  For 
Wagon  and  Implement  paint  use  our  Paint  No. 
75W7818,  with  full  directions  on  the  can. 

How  to  Enamel 


i 


To  do  a first-class  job  of  white  enameling,  use 
our  Towerlite  White  Enamel. 

Full  directions  for  the  use  of  Towerlite  and 
Liquid  Enamels  are  given  on  page  2. 

Bath  Tub  Enamel 

Stir  thoroughly.  Have  the  surface  to  be  coated 
clean,  smooth,  DRY,  and  free  from  dust.  Apply 
evenly  and  freely — 
brushing  out  very 
thoroughly. 

Use  an  Oval  Var- 
nish Brush  if  pos- 
sible. One  coat 
will  usually  be  suf- 
ficient. If  a higher 
finish  is  desired  ap- 
ply two  coats,  al- 
lowing first  coat  to 
dry  hard  before  ap- 
plying the  second 
coat. 

For  First  Coat 
Work  add  at  least 
10  per  cent  of  tur- 
pentine to  the  Ena- 
mel. 

^If  'too  heavy,  thin 
only  with  turpen- 
tine. 


Brush  entirely  across  the 
top  so  laps  will  not  show 


Radiator  Enamel 

Radiator  should  be  painted  with  one  coat  of 
flat  paint  (free  from  oil)  and  one  or  two  coats  of 
Enamel.  Stir  Enamel  thoroughly  and  apply  with 
an  ordinary  flat  bristle  varnish  brush.  If  it  thick- 
ens, add  a little  turpentine — too  much  will  kill  the 
lustre.  Be  sure  to  remove  all  oil  or  grease  from 
surface  of  radiator  before  applying  or  Enamel 
will  peel  off.  Do  not  flow  it  on  too  heavily — two 
thin  coats  are  far  better  than  one  thick  coat. 
One  gallon  will  cover  about  two  hundred  and  fifty 
square  feet  of  surface. 

How  to  Care  for  Brushes 

After  you  have  finished  using  a brush,  wash 
it  out  carefully  with  benzine.  To  keep  a paint 
brush  from  getting  hard  put  it  in  lard  and  when 
ready  to  use,  wash  it  out  with  turpentine  or  soap 
and  water.  In  this  way  you  can  keep  a brush  in 
good  condition  for  several  years. 

Whitewash  and  Kalsomine  Brushes  should  be 
thoroughly  washed  in  water  and  hung  up  to  dry, 
otherwise  the  lime  and  dampness  will  rot  the 
bristles  in  a very  short  time. 

Our  Paint  Service 
Department 

If  you  contemplate  painting  or  decorating  of 
any  sort,  many  questions  will  doubtless  present 
themselves,  and  some  of  them  may  be  hard  for 
you  to  answer. 

You  may,  perhaps,  be  in  doubt  as  to  the 
amount  of  paint  required  to  cover  your  house, 
your  barn,  or  your  outbuilding.  You  may  not 
know  what  color  wall  finish  or  kalsomine  will 
harmonize  best  with  the  interior  decoration  of 
your  home.  You  may  not  be  sure  which  varnish, 
polish,  or  stain,  is  best  adapted  to  meet  your 
particular  need.  All  these  and  many  other  sim- 
ilar problems  are  likely  to  confront  you.  Let 
our  paint  experts  help  you  solve  them.  They  are 
men  of  wide  experience  in  the  paint  business,  and 
well  qualified  to  give  you  any  information  you 
desire. 

Just  tell  us  your  paint  and  varnish  troubles, 
and  we  will  gladly  assist  you  in  getting  the  best 
results. 

Ask  us  any  question  about  anything  concern- 
ing which  you  are  in  doubt.  We  Will  give  you 
all  the  help  we  can.  This  service  is  absolutely 
free.  It  is  yours  for  the  asking.  We  hope  you 
will  take  advantage  of  it. 


TilmfifenWiylb'a'ul  ^ 


8 


Decay  causes  more  loss  to  buildings  than  fire  and  tornadoes  combined. 


You  Can  Buy  Our  Ready-Mixed  Paint  For  Less  Money 


Paint  is  obtainable  in  three  forms — 
dry  pigment,  paste  colors,  and  prepared 
or  ready  mixed.  All  paint  was  formerly 
prepared  by  the  painter,  who  would  tedi- 
ously grind  with  a hand  mill  the  dry 
pigment  in  oil,  then  laboriously  mix  that 
product  with  more  oil,  then  add 
turpentine  and  dryers. 

At  a later  date  painters  found  it 
more  profitable,  and  much  more 
satisfactory,  to  allow  the  manufac- 
turer to  grind  this  dry  pigment  in 
oil  by  machinery.  Some  of  the 
painters  in  those  days  fought  hard 
against  what  they  termed  the  “new 
fangled  idea;”  but  who  would  now 
think  of  spending  hours  in  grinding 
dry  pigment  in  oil  by  hand  to  pro- 
duce a few  gallons  of  paint? 

Today  the  same  ideas  prevail 
against  scientifically  machine-made 
paint — c o m m only  called  ready- 
mixed  paint. 

If  you  have  ever  tried  to  mix 
paints,  you  know  that  you  can  make 
better  paint  by  stirring  the  in- 
gredients for  a half  hour  than  for 
only  fifteen  minutes  — and  better 
still,  if  stirred  for  an  hour.  But  a 
paint  machine  will,  in  only  a few 
minutes,  mix  many  times  the  amount 
of  paint  more  efficiently  than  a man 
working  a whole  day  on  a few  gal- 
lons. Then,  hand-mixed  paints  can- 
not be  made  to  the  exact  tint,  be- 
cause tinting  colors  vary  in  strength. 

With  prepared  paints  it  is  possible 
to  have  exact  uniformity. 

Not  only  is  the  composition  of 
paint  an  important  matter — the 
method  of  manufacture  is  of  equal 
importance. 

For  illustration:  If  we  mix  to- 
gether zinc  oxide,  white  lead,  and 
barytes,  adding  the  zinc  to  the  lead 
and  the  barytes,  a uniform  mixture 
will  not  result.  But  if  the  lead  and 
barytes  are  added  to  the  zinc,  per- 
fect results  are  obtained.  Then,  it 
is  a serious  matter  as  to  the  quality 
of  the  dryer — the  quantity  to  be 
used  varies  with  the  quality. 

An  extensive  laboratory,  under 
the  charge  of  experts,  is  necessary 
for  perfect  results. 

Long  experience  has  taught  us 
just  what  ingredients  produce  the 
best  and  most  economical  paint. 

Hand-mixed  paint  is  human  labor 
with  just  good  luck  added,  if  anywhere 
near  a fair  paint  mixture  results. 

For  manufacturing  prepared  paint  we 
have  the  most  modern  machinery,  which 
does  the  work  better  and  at  a much 
lower  cost.  Furthermore,  the  work  is 
directed  by  skilled  paint  chemists,  so 
that,  with  a given  formula,  exactly  the 
same  result  is  obtained  each  time. 

Many  people  still  believe  that  if  they 
purchase  white  lead  and  mix  it  them- 
selves with  linseed  oil  they  are  then  get- 
ting the  very  best  white  paint  for  ex- 
terior painting.  Then,  for  colors,  they 
simply  add  colors  ground  in  oil  to  se- 
( Continued  in  3rd  Column. ) 


HOW  OUR  PAINT  IS  MADE 
1st  Operation 

See  first  illustration  on  this  page. 

The  Mixing  Machine 
Mixing  pure  linseed  oil  and  pigments. 
This  then  is  in  a paste  form.  The  paste 
then  passes  through  pipes  to  the  floor 
below. 


2d  Operation 

See  second  illustration  on  this  page. 

The  Grinding  Machine 

The  paste  now  passes  into  the  center 
or  eye  of  the  powerful  French  buhr 
stones,  where  it  is  ground  to  an  even 
fineness  to  obtain  the  best  possible  cov- 
ering and. wearing  qualities.  This  finely 
ground  paste  now  is  carried  through 
tubes  to  the  mixing  tanks  on  the  floor 
below. 

3d  Operation 

Here  illustrated  by  the  third  picture. 

The  Mixing  Tank 

Here  the  reducers  are  mixed  with  the 
paste  by  powerful  agitators  running  at 
high  speed.  Through  this'  means  we 
obtain  absolute  uniformity. 


cure  the  desired  shade.  It  is  true  that 
zinc  oxide  combined  with  white  lead 
makes  a better  paint,  as  the  zinc  adds 
strength  and  gloss  to  the  paint  film,  and 
thus  greatly  increases  its  weather-resist- 
ing qualities. 

It  is  an  absolute  fact,  however, 
that  the  greatest  paint  chemists,  as 
well  as  the  most  reliable  paint  man- 
ufacturers, have  found  through  ex- 
haustive tests  that  by  adding  proper 
pigments  to  the  lead  and  linseed  oil 
they  can  obtain  greater  durability 
and  far  better  covering  capacity. 
But,  to  get  these  results,  these  in- 
gredients must  be  very  finely  ground 
and  thoroughly  mixed  by  powerful 
machinery. 

Then,  too,  in  buying  paint  in- 
gredients in  the  open  market  you 
have  no  assurance  that  you  are  get- 
ting the  pure  article.  But  when  you 
buy  your  paint  from  us,  we  protect 
you  against  fraudulent  adulterations 
and  substitutions,  for  we  test,  in  our 
extensive  laboratory,  everything 
that  goes  into  the  making  of  our 
paints. 

With  our  powerful  and  latest  im- 
proved paint  machinery,  we  not  only 
make  better  paint  than  it  is  possible 
to  make  by  hand,  but  cheaper,  there- 
by saving  you  money. 

We  recommend  our  ready-mixed 
paint  to  you  because  it  is  the  best 
for  the  purpose.  We  are  very  care- 
ful about  what  we  recommend  be- 
cause of  our  broad  guarantee,  which 
insures  ‘‘Satisfaction  to  you.”  Why 
take  chances  on  paint,  varnish,  or 
any  material  that  is  in  a sealed  can 
and  that  you  know  nothing  about, 
when  we  make  you  so  broad  a guar- 
antee which  you  know  means  just 
what  it  says?  The  reason  we  can 
sell  such  good  paint  at  prices  so  ex- 
tremely low  is  that  in  buying  paint 
from  us  you  are  getting  the  paint 
direct  from  the  factory  to  you,  with 
only  a very  small  profit  added — 
much  less  than  almost  any  one  else 
could  do  business  on.  Therefore 
it  must  be  plain  that  when  we  sell 
you  a paint  at  $1.3S  it  would  usually 
cost  you  about  $2.00  or  more. 

A great  point  in  favor  of  the  paint 
in  ready-mixed  form  is  that  the  materials 
wrould  be  run  through  the  mill  together 
and  would  undoubtedly  be  more  uniform 
than  if  the  small  consumer  prepared  his 
own  mixture,  while  also  in  the  latter  case 
there  would  be  greater  liability  to  poor 
results,  due  to  excess  of  japan. 

Machine-made  paint  is  ground  so  fine 
and  so  thoroughly  that  hand-prepared 
paint  is  no  comparison. 

Why  then  mix  the  paint  yourself?  You 
cannot  mix  it  to  the  proper  spreading 
consistency.  You  know  exactly  what  you 
are  getting  when  you  buy  guaranteed 
paint  made  by  Montgomery  Ward  & Co. 


Why  Mix  Your  Own  Paint  ? 


Tilonlgotrw'ujll'ald 


To  remove  paint  from  the  hands,  use  Jewel  Hand  Cleanser.  Page  30. 


9 


Why  This  Paint  is  so 
Satisfactory 

By  repeated  tests  and  exhaustive  ex- 
periments, we  have  found  a superior 
formula  that  has  proven  to  be  excellent 
in  wearing  qualities  and  in  covering  ca- 
pacity. The  best  formula  alone  will  not 
make  good  paint;  the  process  for  man- 
ufacture must  also  be  right.  The  ex- 
tremely fine  grinding  of  the  pigment  is 
very  important  and  for 
that  reason  we  spare  no 
expense  in  obtaining  ma- 
chinery that  will  do  the 
very  best  work. 

The  mixing  is  equally 
important.  There  must 
be  uniformity  throughout. 

When  the  correct  mate- 
rials are  thus  combined, 
the  greatest  possible  de- 
gree of  durability  and  the 
greatest  possible  cover- 
ing capacity  is  obtained. 

In  making  this  paint  we 
set  the  mark  of  high  qual- 
ity to  be  attained,  and 
make  the  paint  come  up  to 
that  high  standard.  The 
price  then  is  set  according 
to  the  cost  of  production. 

For  this  reason,  when 
there  is  a marked  increase 
in  the  cost  of  materials 
used  in  the  making  of  our 
paint,  we  must  necessarily 
change  the  price  accord- 
ingly. Likewise,  when 
there  occurs  a substantial 
reduction  in  the  cost  of 
production  we  give  you 
the  benefit  bv  making  a 
proportionate  reduction  in 
our  prices. 


Coverall  House  Paint 

The  Kind  That  Wears 
Easy  to  Spread 

Experience  is  not  necessary  to  apply 
Coverall  Paint.  It  is  ready  mixed,  but 
thoroughly  ground,  so  that  it  spreads 
very  easily.  By  old  methods  it  was 
necessary  to  have  the  experience  of  an 
expert  painter  to  prepare  the  paint  to 
proper  consistency;  but  Coverall  is  so 
carefully  prepared  that  any  one  follow- 
ing the  simple  directions  on  each  can 


Low  Cost  of  Coverall  House 
Paint 

It  costs  but  little  to  paint  a building 
with  two  coats  of  Coverall  House  Paint 
— so  little  that  you  will  be  surprised. 
See  what  a small  amount  of  money  is 
required  to  paint  the  houses  shown  on 
this  and  the  opposite  page. 

The  low  price  at  which  we  furnish  this 
high  class  paint  makes  it  possible  for 
everyone  to  keep  his  house 
looking  new. 

Coverall  House  Paint 
will  not  blister,  crack, 
peel,  chalk,  or  scale.  Thus 
your  building,  painted  with 
Coverall,  is  thoroughly 
protected  against  decay. 
Coverall  is  the  best  pro- 
tection you  can  put  on 
your  property. 


$12.78 


PAINTS  THIS  HOME  TWO  FULL  COATS. 

Size  of  House,  20x38.  Height,  to  eaves,  \7l/>  feet. 
BODY — 7 gallons  of  Coverall  House  Paint,  any  of  the  shades 

or  colors  $10.46 

TRIMMING — No.  11.  Outside  Gloss  White.  1 y2  gallons  of 
Coverall  House  Paint 2.32 


Total  ...$12.78 

ROOF — If  treated  with  5 gallons  Asphalt  Roof  Coating,  red, 
$2.90  extra. 

This  Home  is  No.  100.  For  Plans  get  our  free  Book  of  Plomes. 


Use  Coverall  House  Paint  for  Out- 
side and  Inside 

Coverall  House  Paint  is  made  in  strict 
accordance  with  a formula  that  we  know 
to  be  correct,  one  that  science  and  the 
test  of  time  has  proven  to  be  right.  Thus 
we  can  safely  guarantee  every  can  of 
Coverall.  The  ingredients  that  enter 
into  the  making  of  this  paint  make  it 
especially  suitable  for  outside  use.  It 
is  also  well  adapted  for  inside  use  on 
walls  (wood  or  plaster),  ceilings,  wood- 
work, cupboards,  etc. 

Coverall  House  Paint  will  outwear 
many  higher  priced  paints;  none  will 
cover  more  surface  or  finish  with  a bet- 
ter gloss.  When  you  buy  this  paint  you 
have  the  assurance  that  it  will  give  you 
the  service  you  have  a right  to  expect — 
qualities  which  are  found  only  in  good 
paint.  It  dries  with  a fine,  smooth  gloss. 
You  arc  certain  to  be  pleased  with  it. 


will  do  a first-class  job  of  painting. 
Coverall  is  always  ready  to  be  applied. 
You  can  do  your  own  painting  in  spare 
time,  thus  saving  the  cost  of  labor. 

You  wish  your  house  to  appear  at  its 
best  so  as  to  favorably  impress  every- 
one. You  want  your  home  to  be  attrac- 
tive and  pleasing.  With  shades  that  are 
attractive,  so  that  at  first  sight  the  house 
may  win  the  admiration  of  the  passerby, 
with  tints  that  harmonize  and  prove  to 
be  more  pleasing  the  longer  the  house 
and  surroundings  are  studied,  with  colors 
that  will  wear  well  for  several  years, 
this  may  be  accomplished  with  Coverall 
House  Paint. 

Increases  Cash  Value  of  Your 
Property 

When  your  house  is  attractive  and 
pleasing,  its  real  cash  value  is  increased. 
Add  to  the  value  of  your  house,  as  well 
as  its  beauty,  by  painting  with  Coverall 
House  Paint. 

The  value  of  a building  is  thus  often 
increased  far  beyond  the  amount  spent 
for  paint  and  labor.  Did  you  ever  notice 
how  hard  it  is  to  find  a buyer  for  a house 
that  is  in  need  of  a coat  of  paint? 


Coverall  House  Paint 
Protects  Against  Decay 

Good  paint  costs  noth- 
ing in  the  long  run,  be- 
cause it  saves  more  than 
its  cost  by  preserving  the 
surface  to  which  it  is  ap- 
plied. An  un painted 
building,  or  one  painted 
with  inferior  paint  that 
fades,  chalks,  or  peels  off, 
does  not  speak  well  for 
the  owner.  If  he  can  af- 
ford to  paint,  and  don’t 
know  that  it  will  pay  him, 
it  is  our  duty  to  show  him 
that  money  so  spent  is  a 
very  profitable  investment. 

If  you  neglect  to  paint  your  buildings, 
you  will,  in  a few  years,  have  to  re- 
build. Protect  them  against  decay  and 
save  this  loss. 

Paint  investment  is  the  greatest  prop- 
erty insurance  on  the  farm — greater  than 
fire  or  tornado  insurance.  Decay  is  re- 
sponsible for  more  property  destruction 
than  fire  and  storm  combined. 

Four  Points  to  Consider  in 
Selecting  Paint 

The  cost  of  any  article  you  buy  in- 
volves other  considerations  than  just 
the  price.  Paint  is  no  exception  to  this 
rule.  In  selecting  paints  there  are  four 
distinct  points  you  should  consider: 

The  Cost 

1st.  The  cost  per  gallon. 

The  fact  that  another  paint  is  being 
offered  you  at,  say  double  our  price, 
does  not  mean  that  it  has  double  value. 
The  difference  in  price  may  be  due  to 
the  fact  that  our  paint  goes  to  you  di- 
rect from  the  factory.  You  pay  one 
small  profit  added  to  the  very  first  cost. 


10 


Make  your  home  more  attractive — our  enamels  will  do  it. 


Tfan/ipmtyll/a'id  9@ 


Coverall  House  Paint 


Quantity  Required 

2d.  The  quantity  required  to  cover  a 
given  surface. 

This  brings  us  right  back  to  one  of 
the  reasons  why  COVERALL  house 
paint  is  superior.  It  is  the  covering  ca- 
pacity that  you  should  particularly  give 
attention  to.  Do  not  buy  paint  by  the 
gallon.  Buy  it  by  the  square  yard. 
Durability 

3rd.  Its  durability. 

Not  just  how  long  will  a 
paint  last,  but  how  long  will 
it  look  well.  If  the  paint 
wears  well,  but  fades,  you 
will  have  to  repaint  in  a 
short  time  or  you  will  be 
ashamed  of  the  appearance 
of  the  building.  Further- 
more, faded  paint  on  a 
building  means  depreciation 
in  the  value  of  your  prop- 
erty. Appearance  goes  a 
long  way  with  most  people. 

Wearing  Quality 

4th.  Will  it  wear? 

In  other  words,  will  it 
wear  down  smoothly,  so 
that  a good  surface  will.be 
left  for  your  next  coat,  even 
after  the  lapse  of  a number 
of  years?  If  the  paint  wears 
out  rough  it  will  cost  con- 
siderable to  go  over  the 
surface  with  a scraper  to 
smooth  down  the  surface 
when  repainting  time  comes. 

The  Color  to  Paint  Your  House 

In  selecting  colors  for  your  house,  you 
should  take  special  care  to  choose  such 
shades  as  will  harmonize  with  your 
neighbors’  buildings,  and  yet  not  be  the 
same  color.  Remember,  too,  that  light 
shades  lend  prominence  to  a building. 
If  there  are  many  trees  and  shrubbery 
that  tend  to  hide  the  house,  the  lighter 
colors  will  make  it  stand  out  more  clear- 
ly. Then,  too,  you  should  consider  the 
style  of  architecture  of  your  house  and 
the  surroundings.  If  your  home  is  a 
cottage,  the  lighter  shades  are  always 
best;  but  if  you  have  a large  and  stately 
residence  it  is  best  to  use  the  medium 
or  darker  shades.  When  using  more 
than  one  color  for  the  body,  do  not  ap- 
ply a darker  color  above  a lighter  one. 
A dark  color  always  creates  the  im- 
pression of  something  strong  and  solid, 
hence  it  should  be  placed  below  a lighter 
shade. 

Covering  Capacity  Assured 

When  you  buy  your  paint,  look  to  the 
covering  qualities  also.  Don’t  buy  sim- 
ply by  the  gallon;  buy  by  the  square  feet 
to  the  gallon. 


Gives  Perfect  Satisfaction 

Why  does  a gallon  of  Coverall  cover 
such  a large  area  as  250  to  350  square 
feet  to  the  gallon?  Coverall,  like  all  our 
paints,  is  made  in  our  own  factory,  which 
is,  in  reality,  a great  big  laboratory  under 
the  constant  direction  of  expert  paint 
chemists.  The  ingredients  that  enter 


into  the  making  of  this  paint  are  crushed 
and  ground  between  powerful  mill  stones 
to  minute  particles — ground  in  oil,  so 
that  they  are  more  than  coated  with  oil. 
It’s  the  proper  combination  of  a proven 
formula  that  determines  the  covering 
qualities. 

It  is  the  surface  covering  qualities,  as 
well  as  the  great  durability  of  Coverall 
House  Paint,  that  makes  it  so  desirable, 
and  such  a big  seller  with  us. 

Quality  Kept  High — Price  Kept  Low 

The  necessary  qualities  of  a good  paint 
are  not  overlooked  or  sacrificed  to  se- 
cure lower  cost  or  greater  covering  ca- 
pacity. Coverall  posseses  that  brilliant 
lustre  that  attracts  the  attention  of 
everyone — then  the  color  is  uniform. 

Coverall  is  a paint  made  for  SERVICE 
— the  very  best,  we  believe,  that  can  be 
made.  Each  can  is  exactly  as  repre- 
sented. Should  Coverall  paint,  properly 
applied,  fail  to  cover  250  to  350  square 
feet,  two  full  coats  per  gallon — should 
this  paint  crack,  blister  or  peel  off — or 
should  it  fail  in  any  way  to  give  you 
the  proper  service,  we  will  furnish  new 
paint  free. 


When  You  Buy  Coverall  House  Paint 
You  Are  Safe 

There  is  a reason  why  we  are  safe  in 
placing  such  a broad  guarantee  on  Cov- 
erall House  Paint.  The  low  price  docs 
not  mean  that  this  is  a cheap  composi- 
tion paint.  It  means  that  we  give  you 
the  advantage  of  the  low  cost  which  we 
secure  by  the  use  of  thor- 
oughly modern  machinery 
and  that  we  sell  to  you  from 
the  factory  direct.  There  is 
no  chance  for  variation  in 
quality  or  color  of  Coverall 
House  Paint.  Our  facilities 
are  such  as  to  enable  us  to 
furnish  you  with  best  quality 
at  a price  lower  than  you 
could  possibly  prepare  the 
paint  yourself.  Also  you 
have  the  protection  of  our 
expert  paint  chemist,  who  is 
constantly  on  the  job  to  see 
that  no  improper  ingredient 
enters  into  the  making  of 
any  paint  upon  which  we 
permit  our  label  to  appear. 

How  to  Figure  the 
Amount  of  Paint 
You  Need 

To  estimate  the  amount 
of  paint  you  need,  add  the 
number  of  feet  in  width, 
front  and  rear,  to  the  num- 
ber of  feet  in  length  (on  each  side)  of 
your  building.  Now,  multiply  the  total 
by  the  height,  to  the  eaves,  in  feet.  This 
will  give  you  the  total  number  of  square 
feet  of  surface.  Then  divide  by  300, 
and  the  result  is  the  number  of  gallons 
of  paint  you  will  require  under  ordi- 
nary conditions.  Add  to  this  from  one 
to  two  gallons  (according  to  style  of 
house.)  for  cornices,  gables  and  porches. 
One  gallon  of  our  Coverall  House  Paint 
will  cover  approximately  250  to  350 
square  feet,  two  coats,  or  about  450 
square  feet,  one  coat. 

For  Illustration 


Front  20  feet 

Rear  20  feet 

Side  30  feet 

Side  30  feet 

Total  100  feet 

Multiply  by  height,  20,  equals  2,000 
square  feet.  Divide  by  300,  indicates 


about  7 gallons.  Add,  for  cornices, 
gables,  porches,  etc.,  one  gallon;  total, 
8 gallons  of  paint  required. 


(Continued  on  Page  12) 


IfonlijimwXyll’aid  ?(2r 


d»1  o PAINTS  THIS  HOME  TWO  FULL  COATS. 

Size  of  House,  25)4x31.  Height,  to  eaves,  17  feet. 
BODY — 5 Gallons  of  Coverall  House  Paint,  any  shade  or  color.. $7. 45 

Upper  Story,  3 Gallons  Superior  Shingle  Stain 2.25 

TRIMMING — No.  11,  Outside  White.  1)4  Gallons  Coverall 


House  Paint  2.32 

Total  $12.02 


ROOF — If  treated  with  5 Gallons  Improved  Shingle  Stain.  $3.55  extra. 
This  Home  is  No.  122.  For  plans  get  our  Book  of  Homes. 


See  page  13  for  actual  colors  of  Coverall  House  Paint. 


11 


f 


This  rule  will  vary  a trifle,  owing  to 
the  condition  of  wood.  If  it  has  been 
painted  once,  or  if  the  surface  is  smooth 
and  hard,  less  than  the  above  quantity 
will  do.  If  the  building  is  new  and  the 
lumber  has  never  been  painted,  or  the 
surface  is  old  and  porous,  a slightly 
greater  amount  will  be  needed. 

On  new  buildings,  where  3 coats  are 
applied,  use  one  to  two  quarts  of  pure 
raw  Linseed  Oil  to  each  gallon  of  paint 
for  the  primer.  Where  only  two  coats 
are  applied,  use  from  a pint  to  a quart 
of  pure  raw  Linseed  Oil  according  to 
the  shade  used.  Old  work,  that  has  not 
been  painted  for  a long  time,  should  be 
treated  same  as  new  work  described 


Coverall  House  Paint 

above,  but  when  two  coats  are  applied, 
use  quart  of  pure  raw  Linseed  Oil  to 
each  gallon  of  paint  for  first  coat  only. 

If  you  do  not  care  to  do  your  own 
figuring,  send  us  the  dimensions  and  par- 
ticulars about  the  buildings  you  con- 
template painting — the  condition  of  sur- 
face, when  painted  last,  etc. — and  our 
Service  Department  will  figure  it  out  for 
you  and  tell  you  how  much  paint  you 
will  need  and  just  what  it  will  cost  you  to 
do  a good  job.  Colors:  White,  Black, 
and  40  shades.  See  page  13. 

For  40  Shades  and  Colors  See  Opposite  Page 


Prices  Coverall  House  Paint 
State  Color  Wanted 

75W7709 — 1 quart  cans.  Shipping  weight, 

5 pounds  $0.42 

75W7710 — / gallon  cans.  Shipping 

weight,  10  pounds $0.80 

75W7711 — 1 gallon  cans.  Shipping 

weight  15  pounds $1.52 

175W7712 — 3 gallon  cans.  Shipping 

weight,  45  pounds $4.47 

175W7713 — 5 gallon  cans.  Shipping 

weight,  75  pounds $7.45 

375W7714 — 25_gallons  bbl.) . Ship- 
ping weight,  375  pounds $35.50 

375W7715 — 50  gallons  (1  bbl.).  Shipping 
weight,  750  pounds $69.00 


Serviceable  Guaranteed 
Barn  Paint 

We  do  not  believe  there  is  a barn  paint 
made  at  any  price  that  spreads  better, 
makes  a better  finish,  or  will  last  longer 
than  Coverall  Barn  Paint. 

Our  plant  for  the  manufacture  of  Cov- 
erall Barn  Paint  is  most  modern,  and 
contains  the  latest  improved  machinery. 
If  any  new  or  better  machinery  is  pro- 
duced, we  lose  no  time  in  adding  it  to 
our  equipment. 

Coverall  Barn  Paint  is  made  from 
high-grade  metallic  pigments,  or  nat- 
ural oxides,  ground  by  powerful  ma- 
chinery, and  thoroughly  mixed  in  pure 
linseed  oil  and  the  necessary  dryers.  It 
is  weather-proof,  rain-proof,  rust-proof, 
and  will  not  crack,  peel  or  blister  under 
the  severest,  most  trying  weather  con- 
ditions. 

It  Will  Pay  You  to  Keep  Your  Barn, 
Silo,  Sheds,  and  Fences  Painted 

It  is  unnecessary  to  tell  you  that  you 
should  keep  your  barn  painted.  You 
know  that  it  is  to  your  interest.  It 
means  preserving  it  against  decay.  If 
you  neglect  to  paint  your  barn,  it  will 
in  a very  few  years  either  have  to  be 
replaced'  by  a new  building  or  will  re- 
quire expensive  repairs. 

Investment  in  paints  is  the  best  insur- 
ance you  can  get.  We  manufacture  our 
own  paint.  We  buy  and  test  every  in- 
gredient under  the  supervision  of  the 
very  best  paint  experts.  That  is  why  we 
can  place  such  a strong  guarantee  on 
it.  The  MONTGOMERY  WARD  & 
COMPANY  guarantee  means  some- 
thing. Getting  your  order  is  only  half 
the  transaction.  We  are  satisfied  only 
when  we  know  you  are.  Our  highest 
duty  is  serving  our  customers,  and  until 
you  are  fully  satisfied  with  every  pur- 
chase our  work  is  not  complete.  Our 
interest  in  your  order  ends  only  when 
the  goods  satisfy  you.  Once  you  buy 
COVERALL  BARN  PAINT  you  will 
want  no  other  brand.  Repeat  orders 
arc  proof  of  the  superior  merits  of  the 
paint.  One  trial  will  convince  you. 


Coverall  Barn  Paint 

A Good  Investment 

For  service,  protection,  economy  and 
beauty  of  finish,  it  is  the  logical  paint 
to  use  on  your  barns,  out-buildings, 
fences,  tin,  shingle  and  rnetal  roofs.  You 
don’t  have  to  be  an  expert  to  apply  this 
paint.  You  can  do  a first-class  job  even 
though  you  are  not  a painter.  Read 
on  page  7,  how  easy  it  is  to  do  your  own 
painting.  You  surely  will  want  to  take 
advantage  of  these  money-saving  prices. 
You  will  be  surprised  at  the  small  cost 
of  painting  your  barn  with  Coverall 
Barn  Paint. 


Coverall  Barn  Paint  Will  Cover  300 
Square  Feet  Two  Coats 

Its  covering  capacity,  united  with  its 
enduring  and  preserving  qualities,  makes 
it  one  of  the  best  paints  it  is  possible 
to  produce  for  the  purpose,  and  one  of 
the  most  economical.  One  gallon  will 
cover  approximately  300  square  feet,  two 
coats. 

When  you  come  to  buy  paint  for  your 
barn  and  other  buildings,  be  sure  to  look 
to  the  covering  qualities.  Don’t  buy  the 
paint  simply  by  the  gallon;  buy  it  by 
the  number  of  square  feet  to  the  gallon. 

Coverall  Barn  Paint,  like  all  of  our 
paints,  is  made  under  the  supervision  and 
constant  direction  of  our  expert  paint 
chemist.  Not  only  is  the  grade  and 
quality  of  all  the  ingredients  that  enter 
into  the  making  of  this  paint  carefully 
guarded,  but  the  pigments  must  be 
crushed  and  ground  to  extremely  mi- 
nute particles.  This  is  done  by  the  use 
of  powerful  millstones,  and  in  oil.  The 
very  fine  grinding  of  the  pigments  and 
the  thorough  mixing  of  them  in  oil  pro- 
duces this  great  covering  capacity.  That, 
also,  makes  it  easy  spreading  and  uni- 
form in  color.  Thus  you  will  see  we 
have  been  so  careful  in  the  manufacture- 
of  Coverall  Barn  Paint,  that  we  have 
produced  an  article  which  will  give  you 
the  service  that  you  have  a right  to  ex- 
pect. 


Also  Well  Adapted 
for  Use  on  Fences, 
Sheds,  Roofs,  Etc. 

Because  of  the  wonderful  wearing 
qualities  and  durability  of  Coverall  Barn 
Paint  it  is  wonderfully  well  adapted  to 
use  on  other  buildings  besides  barns. 
In  fact,  it  is  perfect  paint  for  use  on 
fences  or  roofs.  The  saving  effected 
repays  you  many  times  over  the  actual 
cost  in  the  paint.  You  can  also  use  this 
paint  on  metal  or  shingle  roofs,  on  gut- 
ters, water  tanks,  drain  pipes,  cornices 
and  wind  mills. 

When  you  see  a place  where  every 
fence,  shed,  building  or  structure  of  any 
kind  is  thoroughly  covered  with  paint, 
the  newness  and  brightness  of  every- 
thing on  the  place  attract  you. 

At  first  consideration  the  cost  of  the 
paint  may  be  thought  considerable.  It 
is  merely  a small  item  and  soon  pays 
for  itself  many  times  over  in  the  pro- 
tection against  decay,  to  say  nothing 
about  appearance. 

Our  Low  Price  Does  Not  Mean  An 
Inferior  Paint 

Our  price  is  as  low  as  a really  good, 
reliable  barn  paint  can  be  sold  for.  The 
real  economy  in  barn  painting  is  not  in 
buying  cheap  paint,  but  in  buying  good 
paint  at  reasonable  prices.  Bear  in  mind 
that  it  costs  exactly  as  much  to  apply 
cheap  paint  as  it  does  to  apply  good 
paint,  and  that  the  cost  of  application 
represents  fully  two-thirds  of  your 
total  painting  expense.  In  buying  paint, 
the  big  point  to  consider,  then,  is  not  the 
initial  cost  per  gallon,  but  rather  the 
covering  capacity  of  each  gallon,  the 
wearing  qualities,  and  what  will  be  the 
condition  of  the  surface  when  ready  for 
repainting.  In  other  words,  you  should 
buy  paint  service  rather  than  paint  ma- 
terial. 

State  color  wanted. 

Prices  Coverall  Barn  Paint 

75W7720— 1-gallon  can  $ 0.88 

175W7721— 3-gallon  can  2.58 

175W7722— 5-gallon  can  4.30 

375W7723 — ^-barrel  (25  gallons)..  20.00 
375W7724— 1-barrel  (50  gallons)..  38.50 

Shipping  weight,  per  gallon,  about  15 
pounds. 

For  colors,  see  opposite  page. 


12 


A complete  line  of  Barn  Hardware  in  our  large  general  catalogue. 


Coverall  House  Paint 


T«  Af\  f'n  QVirtixrn  Rplnw  Also  No.  22  Black.  No.  10  Inside  Gloss  White.  No.  10 *4  Inside  Flat  White,  and 

An  40  colors  anown  Jpeiow  No.  n Outside  Gloss  White 


Numbers  of  Suitable  Trimming  Colors  Shown  at  the  Right  of  Each  Color. 


For  Prices  See  Opposite  Page 


21  Fawn 


12  Light  Tan 


5$ 

19 

14 

60 


58  Willow  Green 


19  Olive 


15 

56 

*>9 

White 


20  Buff 


26  Salmon 


44  Moss  Green 


16  Light  Wine 


15  Wine  Color 


13J4  Red 


36  Deep  Drab 


55  Lead  Color 


59  Sky  Blue 


For  Trimming,  Sash  and  Store  Fronts  Inside  Use  and  Porch  Ceilings 


44 

23 

31 

White 


15*£  Verde  Green 


13  Cherry  Red 


50  Ocean  Blue 

Inside  Use  and  Porch  Ceilings 


49  Pink  Tint  For  Inside  Use 


42  Blind  Green 


14  Dark  Tan 


52  Deep  Blue 

Inside  Use  and  Porch  Ceilings 


150  Yellow 


157  Red 


Coverall  Barn  Paint 

Best  Guaranteed  Barn  Paint 

Also  this  Paint  is  well  adapted  for  use  on 

Fences,  Sheds  and  Roofs  oppoPsi{eepfge 


159  Slate 


155  Prince’s  Mineral 


156  Roof  Green 


160  Lead  Color 


Tjl/mlgom'uflUa'id'ijk 


See  opposite  page  for  description  and  prices. 


13 


Tower  Brand  House  Paint1 


The  Brand  That  Endures  the  Test 
of  Time 

You  know  what  you  are  getting  when 
you  buy  a brand  of  known  quality,  a 
brand  that  has  stood  the  test  of  time  on 
the  homes  of  our  customers  everywhere 
in  America — in  many  foreign  countries, 
too — under  every  weather  condition.  In 
buying  Tower  Brand  Paint,  you  are  sure 
of  both  quality  and  low  cost,  and  doubly 
sure  of  the  wearing  qualities  when  it 
is  backed  by  Montgomery  Ward  & Co. 

The  Best  Paint  is  Always  the  Cheapest 

The  best  is  always  the  cheapest;  espe- 
cially is  this  true  when  it  comes  to  paint. 
The  cost  of  spreading  poor  paint  offered 
by  others  is  no  less  than  that  of  applying 
Tower  Brand.  But  if  you  have  to  re- 
paint your  house  three  times  as  often 
with  other  paint  as  with  Tower  Brand, 
how  much  do  you  save  by  purchasing 
cheap  paint?  On  the  cost  of  paint  alone 
you  have  saved  nothing — on  labor  you 
have  lost  money.  Then  why  buy  cheap 
paint?  We  will  not  make  cheap  paint 
because  it  would  dissatisfy  our  customers 
who  buy  it.  When  you  put  Tower  Brand 
Paint  on  your  home,  it  will  not  only 
please  you  the  day  it  is  applied,  but  for 
years  after. 

Service,  Beauty  of  Finish  and  Covering 
Capacity 

These  are  the  three  prime  requisites 
of  a good  paint. 

Service — That  is  what  Tower  Brand 
will  give  you.  It  will  stay  on  your  build- 
ing for  years  before  it  shows  wear,  and 
when  new  painting  is  necessary,  the  sur- 
face will  be  as  good  as  when  the  paint 
was  first  applied.  Poor  paint  will,  in  a 
few  months,  begin  to  fade,  chip,  peel, 
blister  or  crack.  Your  building  will  be- 
come an  eyesore;  your  work  will  be  lost; 
you  will  have  to  go  to  the  expense  of 
another  coat  of  paint — but  even  then  you 
cannot  get  the  very  best  results  with  the 
best  paint,  because  the  poor  paint  will 
have  left  the  surface  rough. 

For  Beauty  of  Finish — Tower  Brand 
cannot  be  surpassed.  Unlike  many  other 
paints,  its  beauty  is  lasting.  When  a 
first-class  paint  like  Tower  Brand  is 
used,  the  finish  on  your  building  will  be 
a thing  of  beauty  for  years. 

Covering  Capacity — One  gallon  of 
Tower  Brand  House  Paint  will  generally 
cover  350  square  feet,  two  coats.  There 
is  a reason  for  this  wonderful  covering 
capacity.  A most  careful  selection  of 
the  paint  materials  docs  not  tell  the 
whole  story.  The  manufacturing  meth- 
ods must  be  right;  the  most  modern 
machinery  must  be  used;  the  paint  must 
be  ground  and  pulverized  to  minute  fine- 
ness, arul  ground  all  the  while  in  pure 
linseed  oil.  The  finer  the  grinding,  the 
greater  the  covering  capacity  when  com- 
bined under  the  proper  formula. 


The  Paint  That  Has  Served 
Our  Customers  Nearly 
50  Years 


One  Gallon  of  Tower  Brand  House  Paint 
Covers  350  Square  Feet, 

Two  Full  Coats 

Think. of  it — 350  square  feet  of  ordi- 
nary building  surface  covered,  two  full 
coats,  with  only  one  gallon  of  Tower 
Brand  House  Paint.  It  gives  you  a re- 
markable combination  of  paint  qualities 
— it  combines  a very  smooth,  even,  thin 
spread  with  unusual  toughness  and  dura- 
bility. You  can  put  any  paint  on  thin, 
but  it  won’t  be  a real  protection  to  the 
painted  surface  unless  it  actually  has  the 
weather  and  wear-resisting  qualities. 
Tower  Brand  gives  supreme  satisfaction. 
It  is  the  paint  for  the  most  practical 
painter.  It  meets  the  most  exacting  re- 
quirements. 

Cost  of  Tower  Brand 

Tower  Brand  costs  a little  more  than 
some  of  the  best  ready-mixed  paints  of- 
fered by  others,  but  it  is  worth  the  dif- 
ference many  times  over.  For  the  little 
difference  in  price,  Tower  Brand  will 
give  you  a great  big  difference  in  the 
satisfaction  and  service  you  will  get. 
Tower  Brand’  is  actually  offered  to  you 
for  less  than  most  paints  would  cost  you 
over  the  counter.  Why  not  make  the 
double  bargain — get  the  better  paint  at 
the  saving  price?  Why  take  a chance  on 
paint,  varnish  or  any  material  that  you’re 
not  sure  of  when  you  can  buy  our  guar- 
anteed paint  that  always  gives  satisfac- 
tion? 


A Formula  That  Eliminates  Paint  Faults 

Tower  Brand  is  made  under  a formula 
that  science  and  the  test  of  time  have 
proven  to  be  correct.  Each  ingredient  is 
chosen  to  perform  a definite  function. 

Every  gallon  of  Tower  Brand  is  uni- 
form and  the  quality  very  high.  We 
have  our  own  laboratory  where  skilled 
chemists  are  constantly  at  work  keeping 
up  our  high  standard  of  quality. 


Value  of  Satisfaction 

It  is  worth  much  to  know  that  you  are 
getting  satisfaction.  You  can  be  confi- 
dent of  this  when  you  buy  of  Montgom- 
ery Ward  & Co.  We  have  complete 
confidence  in  Tower  Brand  Paint  be- 
cause everything  in  the  paint  is  right. 
It  contains  exact  proportions  of  all  the 
ingredients  that  are  needed  to  make  a 
perfect  paint.  The  paint  film  has  great 
strength  and  gloss  which  gives  it  won- 
derful weather-resisting  qualities. 

The  linseed  oil  is  the  life  of  the  paint, 
but  only  pure  linseed  oil  is  efficient. 
Then  the  pure  gum  turpentine  makes 
Tower  Brand  Paint  spread  easily.  In 
buying  paint  from  us,  you  are  getting 
it  direct  from-factory-to-you  with  only 
one  small  profit  added — much  smaller 
than  almost  anyone  else  could  do  busi- 
ness on. 


Perfect  Paint  Service  Means  Paint 
Economy 

Tower  Brand  is  sold  to  you  with  a 
distinct  understanding  that  it  will  give 
you  a maximum  of  service.  It  is  made 
under  the  direction  of  our  paint  expert 
— a man  who  watches  every  detail.  His 
supervision  assures  that  every  gallon  of 
this  paint  will  give  you  perfect  service. 
You  take  absolutely  no  risk  when  you 
buy  Tower  Brand.  You  get  full  meas- 
ure, full  value,  full  service — and  a guar- 
antee that  makes  satisfaction  doubly 
sure. 


See  Colors  on  Opposite  Page 

75W7700 — 1-quart  cans.  Per  can. . . .$0.52 
75W7701 — J^-gallon  cans.  Per  can..  .98 
75W7702 — 1-gallon  cans.  Per  can...  1.84 
175W7703 — 3-gallon  cans.  Per  can..  5.52 
175W7704— 5-gallon  cans.  Per  can..  9.20 
375W7705 — '/  barrels  (25  gallons) . .44.50 
375W7706 — Barrels  (50  gallons) 87.00 


Shipping  weight,  per  gallon,  about  15 
pounds. 


. * 


State  Color  Wanted 


14 


7ilm/goirWufll/&ul^ 


Good  painting  requires  good  tools.  See  them  in  this  book. 


Tower  Brand  House  Paint 


In  72  Colors  Shown  Below  Also  No.  22  Black.  No.  10  Inside  Gloss  White.  No.  10^  Inside  Flat  White, 
•3 1 and  No.  11  Outside  Gloss  White. 


Numbers  of  Suitable  Trimming  Colors  Shown  at  the  Right  of  Each  Color 


For  Prices  See  Opposite  Page 


19 
61 
53 

20 


■ 


29  Canary 


59  Sky  Blue 

Inside  Use  and  Porch  Ceilings 


18  Green 


61  Sage 


23 

60 

53 

36 


27 

61 

29 

CO 


19 

56 

29 

15 


26 

19 

13 

62 


21  Fawn 


50  Ocean  Blue 

Inside  Use  and  Porch  Ceilings 


57  Light  Olive 


16  Light  Wine 


12  Light  Tan 


52  Deep  Blue 

Inside  Use  and  Porch  Ceilings 


58  Willow  Green 


15  Wine  Color 


26  Salmon 


36  Deep  Drab 


42  Blind  Green 


14  Dark  Tan 


Superior  Shingle  Stain 


Protect  — Beautify  — Preserve  Your  Roof 


Use  our  Shingle  Stain  on  your  shingle  roofs, 
sides  of  buildings,  bungalows,  etc.  Not  only  will 
it  greatly  improve  their  appearance,  but  it  will 
protect  them  from  the  destructive  action  of  the 
weather.  Our  stain  is  a combination  of  creosote 
oil  and  the  best  wood  preservatives  known.  It 
penetrates  the  wood — prevents  decay  and  produces 
that  soft,  mottled  finish  now  so  much  in  demand. 
Shingle  Stain  is  easily  applied. 


One  gallon  will  cover  100  square  feet,  two  coats, 
when  applied  with  a brush.  Two  and  one-half 
gallons  will  cover  1,000  shingles  two-thirds  of 
their  length  if  dipped. 

An  Important  Point  to  Remember.  Too  much 
stress  cannot  be  laid  on  the  necessity  of  preserving 
your  shingles,  and  thus  adding  years  to  the  life 
of  your  roof.  With  the  price  of  cedar  as  high  as 
it  is  today,  new  shingles  will  cost  vou  many  times 
more  than  the  stain  necessary  to  protect  them. 

Shingle  Stain  Colors 


Shingle  stain  is  really,  then,  an  investment  and 
not  an  expense.  Made  in  eight  colors.  See  colors 
below. 

75W7760  — One  gallon  cans $ 0.75 

175W7761 — Five  gallon  cans  (jacketed)....  3.55 

375W7762  — 25  gallon  half  barrels 16.25 

375W7763 — 50  gallon  barrels 30.00 

Weight,  about  10  lbs.  per  gallon. 

Be  sure  to  state  in  your  order  the  color  you  want. 


506  Brown 


508  Olive 


500  Dark  Brown 


512  Red 


511  Dark  Green 


Superior  Shingle  Stain  is  effective  for  shingled  sides  of  houses. 


15 


Protect  Your  Fences  Against  Decays 


Our  Wood  Preservative  Will  Do  It — The 
Cost  is  Small 

When  you  figure  on  building  a fence, 
you  first  decide  upon  the  wire  to  use. 
Of  course  you  want  it  painted  or  heavily 
galvanized  wire,  so  it  will  last  for  years, 
but  how  about  the  posts?  No  fence  can 
be  better  than  the  posts  that  support  it. 
When  the  posts  decay  and  break  off,  the 
service  of  the  fence  is  gone,  at  least  until 
new  posts  are  set,  and  the  fence  rebuilt. 
All  this  means  added  expense.  Consider, 
too,  the  possible  losses  that  may  occur 
by  stock  breaking  through  into  the  grain 
field,  or  straying  away  and  the  con- 
sequent loss  in  time  and  labor  in  getting 
them  back. 

Use  WOOD  PRESERVATIVE  on 
your  fence  posts;  it  will  preserve  them 
for  many  years  against  decay.  The  cost 
is  small,  and  the  saving  is  much.  Fence 
posts  are  increasing  in  value,  as  timber 
becomes  more  scarce.  The  cost  for 
Wood  Preservative  is  only  from  3 cents 
to  5 cents  per  post.  It  doubles  the  life  of 
posts  and  in  the  saving  of  labor  alone 
you  will  be  well  repaid. 


How  to  Preserve  Fence  Posts 

To  treat  fence  posts,  or  any  other  tim- 
ber, first  remove  all  bark,  then  apply 
Wood  Preservative  with  a brush,  as 
freely  as  the  wood  will  absorb  it,  using 
two  or  three  coats.  To  obtain  better  re- 
sults. however,  apply  the  preservative  hot 
for  it  then  penetrates  the  wood  more 
readily,  and  evaporates  the  moisture 
more  effectually.  In  the  winter  espe- 
cially, we  recommend  that  Wood  Pre- 
servative be  heated  to  a temperature  near 
the  boiling  point.  If  you  have  a tank 
that  you  can  use  for  a dipping  tank,  you 
will  obtain  the  very  best  results  by  dip- 
ping the  posts  or  timber  into  the  hot  oil. 
If  you  have  no  such  tank,  apply  with  an 
ordinary  wire-bound  paint  brush.  The 
timber  to  be  treated  should  be  dry.  Do 
not  apply  the  second  coat  until  the  first 
is  dry.  Use  plenty  of  the  Wood  Pre- 
servative on  the  ends  of  the  posts  or 
timbers. 


Wood  Preservative 

THE  OLDEST  X BEST  KNOWN 


Used  also  for  preserving  Silos,  Planking, 
Sills,  Joists,  Tanks — in  fact  any  wood 
subject  to  decay  or  the  ravages 
of  insects 

Decay  of  fence  posts  and  telegraph 
poles,  you  may  have  noticed,  is  often 
more  rapid  near  the  surface  of  the 
ground.  This  is  due  to  insect  life  or 
fungus  growth  that  eats  into  the  wood 
and  thus  opens  it  up  for  more  rapid  de- 
cay. Insects  and  fungi  (such  as  moss) 
will  not  work  upon  or  attach  themselves 
to  wood  that  has  been  treated  with  Wood 
Preservative. 


Protect  Your  Chickens  Against  Lice, 
Mites  and  Disease 

As  Wood  Preservative  is  a strong  but 
harmless  disinfectant,  it  is  used,  with 
great  success,  for  spraying  poultry  build- 
ings, inside  and  outside.  This  oil  is  fatal 
to  both  lice  and  mites.  The  use  of  Wood 
Preservative  will  free  your  buildings  of 
these  insects,  which  sap  the  life  out  of 
your  poultry.  This  oil  likewise  is  a great 
preventative  against  contagious  diseases. 

Rid  the  hens  of  lice, — they  will  be  more 
healthy  and  profitable. 


Wood  Preservative  is  a Refined  Creosote 
Oil 

Wood  Preservative  is  nothing  more  or 
less  than  Refined  Creosote  Oil.  This  oil 
has  been  an  acknowledged  wood  pre- 
servative from  time  unknown.  The  fact 
that  railroads  and  steamship  companies 
always  have  and  still  use  it,  to  preserve 
and  protect  against  decay,  such  property 
as  ties,  water  tanks,  bridges,  trestles, 
wharfs,  docks,  boats  and  barges,  is  evi- 
dence conclusive  of  its  unquestioned 
merit.  Notwithstanding  the  many  adver- 
tised, fancy-named  preservatives  now  be- 
ing placed  before  the  public,  Creosote 
Oil  still  maintains  its  superiority.  There 
is  no  other  oil,  or  combination  of  oils 
that  will  penetrate  and  impart  to  the 
wood,  that  lasting,  preserving  qualit3'  as 
will  this  oil.  Use  it  on  plank  walks,  sills, 
joists,  wooden  fences,  posts,  tanks,  wind 
mills  or  silos.  It  will  not  only  give  you 
the  best  results,  but  it  is  also  inexpensive. 
There  is  no  reason,  now,  for  any  build- 
ing, fence  or  other  structures  to  rot  or 
decay.  Treat  the  posts,  sills,  joists,  and 
such  timbers  as  are  unduly  exposed  to 
water  or  dampness,  with  Wood  Preserva- 
tive. 

A Disinfectant  for  Hog  Pens 

The  disinfecting  qualities  of  Wood 
Preservative  make  it  ideal  for  spraying 
hog  pens  and  barns  as  well  as  poultry 
houses.  The  liberal  use  of  Wood  Pre- 
servative in  this  manner,  with  precau- 
tions taken  for  cleanliness,  is  a wonder- 
ful preventative  of  contagion  or  the 
spreading  of  disease. 

As  Wood  Preservative  is  the  enemy  of 
disease  germs,  and  such  insects  as  lice 
and  mites,  it  is  likewise  an  enemy  to  the 
corn  weevil.  Paint  the  inside  of  corn- 
cribs  and  granaries  with  Wood  Preserva- 
tive to  prevent  damage  by  weevil.  Mice, 
rats  or  ants  will  not  attack  or  damage 
woodwork  painted  with  Wood  Preserva- 
tive. Ropes,  canvas  and  nets  treated  with 
wood  preservative  become  water-proof, 
and  more  durable,  yet  remain  soft  and 
pliable  in  all  seasons.  Use  it  on  timbers 
of  any  kind  that  are  subject  to  decay  or 
insects,  especially  on  woodwork,  either 
above  or  below  the  ground  or  water.  It 
is  splendid  for  so  many  uses.  You 
should  keep  a supply  of  this  oil  on  hand 
all  the  time. 

75W7756 — 1-gallon  cans.  Per  can.$  0.68 
175W7757 — 5-gallon  cans.  Per  can  3.25 
375W7758— ka  barrels  (25  gallons). 

Per  half  barrel 13.75 

375W7759 — Barrels  (50  gallons). 

Per  barrel  25.00 

Shipping  weight,  per  gallon,  about  10 
pounds. 


Heavy  Roof  and  Fence  Paint 


An  Elastic  Water-Proof  Paint  for  Fences,  Bridges,  Water  Tanks  and  Towers,  Roofs  and  any  Metal  or  Wooden  Surfaces 


An  Elastic  Waterproof  Paint  for 
Fences,  Bridges,  Water  Tanks,  Towers, 
Roofs  and  any  Metal  or  Wooden  Sur- 
faces. A protection  and  leak  preventa- 
tive for  all  kinds  of  roofs — shingle,  tin, 
composition  or  felt.  Particularly  adapted 
for  old  roofs,  where  their  condition  is 
beyond  the  aid  of  ordinary  paint.  It  will 
render  your  roof  water-proof  and  serv- 
iceable for  many  years. 

This  is  a heavy  paint,  made  expressly 
for  the  purposes  for  which  it  is  intended. 
Give  it  a trial;  you  will  be  greatly  pleased 
with  the  service  this  paint  will  give  you. 


Also  may  be  used  on  bridges,  iron  or 
wooden  water  tanks,  smokestacks  or 
other  iron  work  subjected  to  heat  or  out- 
side exposure.  Comes  ready  for  use  and 
is  easy  to  apply.  One  gallon  will  cover 
200  to  300  square  feet,  one  coat,  on  a 
fairly  smooth  surface.  In  most  cases  one 
coat  will  be  sufficient.  Where  the  leaks 
are  exceptionally  large,  first  fill  the  holes 
with  Elastic  Roof  Cement,  then  apply  the 
Heavy  Roof  Paint. 

Made  in  two  colors — Black  or  Maroon. 
Shipping  weight  per  gallon,  10  pounds. 


PRICE  OF  BLACK 
75W8415 — 1-gallon  cans.  Per  gal- 
lon   $ 0-68 

175W8416 — 5-gallon  cans.  Per  can  3.15 

175W8417 — ki-harrel  (25  gallons). 

Per  barrel  15.00 

375W8418—  Barrel  (50  gallons). 

Per  barrel  28.50 

PRICE  OF  MAROON 
75W8419 — 1-gallon  cans.  Per  gal- 
lon   $ 0.78 

175W8420 — 5-gallon  cans.  Per  can  3.65 

1 75 W8421— ^-barrel  (25  gallons). 

Per  J^-barrel 16.75 

375W8422 — Barrel  (50  gallons). 

Per  barrel  31.00 


Itlcrifipm'ujUGid 


16 


Tower  Brand  is  excellent  paint  for  inside  use  on  walls  and  woodwork. 


======s Superior  Roof  Paint  and  Coating  ======= 

Trowel  Roof  Cement 

An  Elastic,  Black,  Indestructible,  Water-proof  Cement  for  All  Kinds  of  Roofs 


Trowel  Roof  Cement  is  an  elastic 
compound  that  is  tough  and  will  not 
set  brittle.  Will  therefore  never 
crumble  nor  is  it  affected  by  heat  or* 
cold. 

Makes  no  difference  where  you 
use  it,  Trowel  Cement  will  stop  any 
leak  or  crack  and  it  will  stay 
stopped.  Ordinary  cement  sets  hard 
and  dries  out  by  evaporation,  even- 
tually loosening  and  dropping  out. 
Not  so  with  Trowrel  Cement,  be- 
cause it  is  exceedingly  elastic  and 
will  last  as  long  as  the  surface  on 
which  it  is  used.  It  is  very  adhe- 
sive ; so  much  so  that  it  actually 
becomes  a part  of  the  surface  on 
which  it  is  applied. 
Really  it  makes  the 
roof  one  solid  sheet 
that  cannot  leak. 

Where  there  is 
only  a small  leak, 
plug  up  the  hole  the 
would  with  putty, 


you 


same 


smoothing  down  the  edge  with  a 
trowel  or  putty  knife.  In  case  of  a 
very  large  hole,  put  on  a patch  of 
tin  or  sheet  iron,  nail  the  edges  down 
and  cover  with  cement  to  the  thick- 
ness of  about  !/4  inch.  Where  the 


Apply  with  a Trowel 


IT  ILJ1  ..1LJL  J 

Use  Trowel  Roof  Cement  for  Old  and 
Leaky  Roofs — Flashing  on  Roofs — Calk- 
ing Boat  Bottoms — Chimneys  and  Flues — 
Lining  Old  Gutters  and  Spouts — Sealing 
Cracks  in  Basement  Walls. 


roof  is  in  generally  bad  condition, 
spread  evenly  over  it  a coating  of 
cement  about  % inch  thick,  working 
out  edges  smoothly.  Applied  to  a 
smooth  surface  to  an  even  thickness 
of  % inch,  100  pounds  of  cement 
will  cover  about  125  square  feet. 
Applied  over  the  entire  surface  of 
a shingled  roof,  a little  more  of  the 
cement  will  be  needed  on  account 
of  the  unevenness  of  the  surface. 
It  is  excellent  for  this  purpose. 
Unless  the  roof  is  in  a generally 
bad  condition,  Trowel  Roof  Cement 
need  not  be  applied  more  than  from 
a sixteenth  to  an  eighth  of  an  inch 


thick.  When  so  spread,  40  pounds 
should  be  sufficient  to  cover  100 
square  feet  of  surface  on  a smooth 
roof. 

There  are  so  many  uses  for 
Trowel  Roof  Cement,  that  you 
should  always  have  a supply  on 
hand.  You  never  know  when  you 
will  be  in  great  need  of  just  such 
an  article. 

75W7784 — 5-pound  pails.  Per 

pail $0.45 

175W7785 — 25-pound  pails.  Per 

pail 1.75 

175W7786  — 50  pounds  (two 

25-pound  pails) 3.50 

175W7787 — 100-pound  keg.  . . . 6.00 
275W7788— 300-pound  barrel ..  15.00 

Barrels  shipped  from  Northern  Ohio. 


Trowels  Suitable  for  Applying 
Trowel  Roof  Cement 


<31* 


85W2629 — Standard  Brick  Trowels  with  square 
head.  Shipping  weight,  each,  14  ounces.  Reg- 
ular GOc  value. 

Length,  inches  10  10^2  11 

Each  45c  48c  50c 

85W2634— Well  made  of  a good  grade  of  steel, 
finely  finished.  Shipping  weight,  each,  19  to 
24  ounces.  This  trowel  is  shown  above,  to 
the  right. 

Length,  inches  10  11  12 

Each  45c  48c  50c 


Elastic  Rubber  Roof  Paint 


One  of  the  strongest  features  of  this 
paint  is  shown  in  the  repairing  of  leaky 
roofs.  A leak  can  be  permanently 
stopped  by  first  painting  the  surface  over 
the  leak,  then  laying  on  a piece  of  muslin, 
and  finally  coating  the  muslin  with  this 
paint.  You  then  have  a patch  that  is 
water-proof  and  one  that  will  last  in- 
definitely. Comes  to  you  all  ready  to 
apply.  Does  not  need  to  be  thinned. 
Before  applying  be  sure  to  thoroughly 
sweep  or  scrape  the  surface  to  be 
painted.  One  gallon  will  cover  about 
250  square  feet,  one  coat.  This  paint 
will  stand  expansion  and  contraction 
caused  by  weather  changes,  without 


cracking  or  peeling.  It  will  not  run  in 
the  hottest  weather,  nor  crack  in  the 
coldest.  Elastic  Rubber  Roof  Paint 
gives  a bright,  glossy  finish  that  is  sun- 
proof, water-proof,  elastic  and  durable. 

Use  Elastic 
Rubber 
Roof  Paint 
for  Felt  or 
Composi- 
tion Roofs, 
MetalRoofs 
and  Muslin 
Roofs,  for 
iron  Fen- 
ces, Steel 
Bridges. 
Wind  Mills, 
and  Water 
Tanks 


The  long-handled  brush  used  in  the 
illustration  is  our  special  roof  brush,  No. 
75W702,  described  on  page  24.  Elastic 
Rubber  Roof  Paint  may  also  be  applied 
with  any  wide  wall  brush. 

75W7750 — 1 gallon  can $ 0.40 

175W7751 — 5 gallon  can 1.74 

175W7752 — H barrel,  25  gallons..  6.00 
375W7753 — 1 barrel,  50  gallons....  11.00 
Shipping  weight,  per  gallon,  10 
pounds.  


Elastic  Roof  Cement 

For  Repairing  Bad  Leaks  on  all  kinds 
of  Roofs,  Wood  or  Metal  Tanks, 
Water  Troughs 

An  asbestos  roof  cement  that  will  pos- 
itively stop  all  leaks. 

For  repairing  all  kinds  of  roofs,  gut- 
ters, chimney  joints,  skylights,  grain 
bins,  culverts  or  irrigation  flumes.  In- 
dispensable for  the  repairing  of  leaky 
concrete  or  metal  tanks.  May  be  used 
on  wood,  brick,  iron,  tin  or  glass. 
Easily  applied  with  a putty  knife  or 
trowel.  Weather  will  not  affect  it.  It 
will  last  as  long  as  the  surface  on  which 
it  is  applied. 

75W7780 — 2-pound  cans.  Each 35c 

75W7781 — 5-pound  cans.  Each 75c 


Asphalt  Roof  Coating  in  Colors 

Excellent  for  Composition  or  Felt  Roofs,  Shingle  Roofs  or  Metal  Roofs 


Asphalt  Roof  Paint  has  the  same  good 
effect  on  felt  and  composition  roofs  that 
ordinary  paint  has  on  wood.  The  more 
protection  your  roof  has  the  longer  it 
will  last.  Asphalt  Roof  Paint  will  give 
new  life  to  the  roof,  and,  if  repeated 
every  two  or  three  years,  will  preserve, 
protect  and  keep  the  surface  in  first- 
class  condition.  It  is  elastic  and  dur- 
able. Has  good  body.  It  is  ready  to  use 
and  is  easily  applied.  One  gallon  will 
cover  from  200  to  250  square  feet  of  sur- 
face, one  coat.  This  paint  is  low  in  price, 
you  will  find  it  very  satisfactory  in  every 
way. 

Asphalt  Roof  Coating  comes  in  three 
colors — black,  red  or  green.  The  black, 


if  anything,  is  the  more  durable  color, 
but  the  red  and  green  produce  very 
pretty  effects  and  are  particularly  de- 
sirable for  residences. 

Shipping  weight,  about  8 pounds  per  gallon 

Black 

75W8424 — 1-gallon  can.  Per  can..$  0.47 
175W8425 — 5-gallon  can.  Per  can  2.00 
375W8426 — ^-barrel  (25  gallons).  9.50 
375W8427 — 1 barrel  (50  gallons)..  13.50 

Red  Green 

75W8428— 1 -gallon  can $ 0.65  $ 1.20 

1 75 W8429— 5-gallon  can....  2.90  5.75 

375W8430 — y2  bbl.  (25  gal.)  14.00  28.00 
375W8431 — 1 bbl.  (50  gal.).  26.85  53.50 


17 


Coverall  Barn  Paint  (page  12)  is  also  very  good  for  roofs 


— Liquid  Enamel  Paint — — 

See  Opposite  Page  for  Description  and  Prices.  Also  Made  in  White  and  Black 


171  Ivory 


179  Cream 


178  Wild  Rose 


176  Straw 


177  Silver  Gray 


175  Sky  Blue 


184  Willow  Green 


183  Leather  Brown 


180  Crimson 


172  Green 


173  Lawn  Green 


126  Shell  Pink 


120  Ivory 


122  Light  Canary 


Flat  Wall  Finish 

Also  Made  in  White 

For  Description  and  Prices  See  Opposite  Page 


129  Willow  Green 


123  Light  Tan 


124  Golden  Brown 


128  Pale  Azure 


127  Quaker  Gray 


131  Rich  Red 


101  White 


102  Buff 


Concrete  and  Cement  Coating 

For  Exterior  and  Interior  Use  on  Concrete,  Brick 
Stucco,  and  Masonry 

See  Opposite  Page  for  Description  and  Prices 


104  Brick  Red 


105  Cement  Gray 


106  Manganese  Brick 


103  Moss  Green 


258  Light  Cream 


201  Buff 


Pur-E-Tone  Hot  Water  Kalsomine 

Decorate  Your  Home  With  Our  Superior  Kalsomine 
The  Cost  is  Small  — the  Decorative  Effect  is  Very  Great 
For  Description  and  Prices  See  Opposite  Page 


210  Canary  Yellow 


262  Pea  Green 

231  Deep  Tan 


230  Sage  Green 


203  Shell  Pink 


211  Pale  Blue 


254  Alice  Blue 


207  Fawn 


206  Leather  Brown 


208  Carmine 


213  Myrtle  Green 


Pur-  E-Tone  Fresco  Colors  Description  and  Prices 


18 


See  opposite  page  for  description  and  prices. 


=Liquid  Enamel  Paint — White  and  Colors- 

A Superior  Interior  Finish.  See  Colors  on  Opposite  Page 


For  interior  finish  these  enamels  cannot  he  sur- 
passed. By  their  use  you  can  accomplish  sur- 
prising results  over  old  woodwork  or  old  furni- 
ture. Liquid  enamel  paint  is  also  well  suited  for 
new  finish.  It  produces  a perfectly  smooth, 
glossy  finish,  that  is  very  easy  to  keep  clean.  It 
may  be  washed  repeatedly  without  injury.  May 
be  used  over  metal  as  well  as  on  wood.  Use  it 
for  metal  ceilings,  plastered  walls,  on  cupboards, 
woodwork,  furniture,  in  fact,  for  all  interior  wood 
or  metal  work,  including  metal  bedsteads.  Dries 
hard  in  twenty-four  hours. 


Liquid  Enamel  Paint  is  tough  and  elastic,  not 
easily  marred  or  scratched.  Retains  its  lustre  anil 
beauty  for  several  years.  One  gallon  will  cover 
from  200  to  250  square  feet,  two  coats.  If  you 
intend  to  use  Liquid  Enamel  Paint  over  plastered 
surface,  apply  first  a coat  of  Fresco  Wall  Size, 
unless  the  wall  has  been  painted  before.  Liquid 
Enamel  Paint  comes  in  172J4,  Black;  171Z, 
White;  and  twelve  colors  shown  on  opposite  page. 

State  color  wanted 


75W8074  — One  Quarter  Pint  Cans.  Shipping 

weight,  1 pound  10c 

75W8075 — Half  Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight.  1 % 

pounds  20c 

75W8076  — Pint  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  'IV* 

pounds  35c 

75W8077 — Quart  Cans.  Shipping  weight.  4lA 

pounds  55c 

75W8078 — Half  Gallon  Cans.  Shipping  weight, 

30  pounds 98c 

75W8079 — Gallon  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  1~>Z 
pounds  $1.85 


Flat  Wall  Finish 

In  White  and  Ten  Colors  Shown  on  Opposite  Page 


An  oil  finish  that  is  very  artistic  and  desirable. 
Being  waterproof,  it  may  be  washed  with  soap 
and  water.  Thoroughly  sanitary.  Is  easy  to 
apply.  Never  wears  out.  Does  not  rub  off  on 
the  clothes  like  many  other  wall  finishes. 

Flat  Wall  Finish  dries  quickly  without  gloss. 
It  Rives  a dainty,  velvety  finish,  and  thoroughly 
protects  the  wall.  This  is  an  excellent  Flat  Fin- 
ish lor  interior  work  for  walls,  woodwork,  plaster 
board,  or  metal  ceilings.  It  produces  a smooth, 
soft,  and  artistic  finish,  which  is  so  much  desired. 

An  endless  number  of  pleasing  combinations 
may  be  secured  by  the  use  of  the  various  tints. 
Always  remember,  however,  that  to  get  proper 
results,  the  lighter  tint  must  always  appear  above 
the  darker  tint,  and  not  under.  All  pleasing  ef- 
fects are  accomplished  by  using  a lighter  tint  on 
the  ceiling  than  is  used  for  the  side  wall.  Then, 


this 


too.  by  application  of  the  proper  stenciling,  won- 
derful results  may  be  secured.  For  stencil  see 
page  22. 

You  can  do  all 
work  yourself ; you 
would  enjoy  it.  Con- 
sider the  satisfaction 
you  will  experience  in 
knowing  that  it  is  your 
own  work.  Flat  Wall 
Finish  is  made  ready  for 
use.  When  used  on 
smooth  plastered  walls, 
one  gallon  will  cover 
from  200  to  250  square 
feet,  two  coats. 

Before  using  on  new 
walls  or  on  old  walls  that  have  never  been  sized. 


the  surface  should  first  be  given  a coat  of  Fresco 
Wall  Size.  Actual  colors  shown  on  opposite 
page. 

State  color  wanted 

75W8086  — Quart  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  5 
pounds  48c 

75W8087  — Half-Gallon  Cans.  Shipping  weight, 
10  pounds  94c 

75W8088 — One-Gallon  Cans.  Shipping  weight,  15 
pounds  $1.70 

175W8089 — Three-Gallon  Cans.  Shipping  weight, 
45  pounds  $4.80 


Concrete  and  Cement  Coating 

A Durable  Exterior  Coating  for  Concrete,  Brick,  Stucco 
and  Masonry.  See  Opposite  Page  for  Colors 


A durable  coating  for  concrete,  brick,  stucco 
and  masonry.  This  paint  is  alkali-proof,  made 
expressly  for  damp-proofing  and  decorating  sur- 
faces. made  of  the  above  materials,  which  because 
of  their  caustic  and  alkali  nature,  cannot  be 
treated  with  an  ordinary  oil  paint.  Use  Cement 
and  Concrete  Coating  for  both  outside  and  inside 
work,  as  it  is  equally  good  for  use  on  plastered 
walls,  basement  walls,  floors  and  all  damp  sur- 
faces. Easily  applied  with  a brush. 

In  case  the  surface  to  be  coated  is  extremely 
damp,  apply  first  a coat  of  our  Seal-Tite,  as  de- 
scribed on  this  page.  Over  the  average  concrete 


or  brick  surface,  one  gallon  of  Cement  and  Con- 
crete Coating  will  cover  about  100  square  feet, 
2 coats.  Comes  in  White  and  six  beautiful  shades 
shown  on  opposite  page. 

State  color  wanted 

75W7789 — Half  gallon  cans.  Shipping  weight, 
10  pounds  $0.90 

75W7790 — One  gallon  cans.  Shipping  weight.  15 
pounds  $1.70 

175W7791 — Five  gallon  cans.  Shipping  weight, 
70  pounds $8.25 

175W7792 — Half  barrel  (25  gallons).  Shipping 
weight,  350  pounds $39.50 


Seal-Tite 


A remarkable  water-proofing  compound.  May 
be  used  on  damp  surfaces.  It  is  scientifically 
compounded  and  will  fill  the  pores  and  render 
water-proof  any  cement,  concrete,  brick  or  plaster 
surface.  Just  the  thing  for  silos,  cement  blocks, 
concrete  or  brick  buildings.  It  is  a clear,  color- 
less liquid  that  may  be  used  alone  as  a coating 
or  as  a first  coat,  preparatory  to  painting  or 
coating  concrete  or  brick  work  of  any  kind  that 
is  subject  to  dampness  or  moisture.  It  is  ex- 
cellent for  coating  concrete  or  cement  floors.  It 
makes  the  surface  smooth,  prevents  sanding,  and 
makes  it  water-proof.  Easy  to  keep  clean.  This 
preparation  should  not  be  used  over  paint.  Eas- 
ily applied  with  a brush.  Flow  on,  freely  and 
brush  in  thoroughly.  One  gallon  will  cover  about 
150  to  200  square  feet  on  concrete  or  brick  sur- 
faces, or  200  to  300  square  feet  on  plaster 
surfaces. 

76W7793  — Quart  cans.  Shipping  weight,  5 

pounds  $0.50 

75W7794 — 1 gallon  can.  Shipping  weight.  15 

pounds  $1.75 

175W7795 — 5 gallon  cans.  Shipping  weight.  65 
pounds  $7.50 


Pur-E-Tone  Hot  Water  Kalsomine 

In  White  and  Ten  Shades  Shown  on  Opposite  Page 


An  inexpensive,  sanitary  wall  finish.  It  gives 
your  walls  an  elegance  and  character  which  will 
surely  please  you.  It  will  not  rub  off.  flake, 
powder,  peel  or  blister.  It  is  scientifically  pre- 
pared and  positively  sanitary.  Anyone  can  apply 
this  wall  finish.  It  is  easily  and  quickly  dissolved 
in  hot  water,  and  requires  no  stirring  after  once 
mixed.  Pur-e-tone  is  so  finely  ground  that  it 
remains  in  good  condition  without  settling.  Will 
cover  as  much  surface  as  any  kalsomine  we  know 
of.  Old!  walls  previously  kalsomined  should  be 


washed  clean  before  applying  a 

new  coat.  New  walls  or  old 

walls  that  have  not  been  pre- 

PUR-E-TONE 

HOT  WATER 

KALSOMINE 

viously  sized  should  be  given 
a coat  of  our  Fresco  Wall  Size 
listed  on  page  6.  One  four- 

HHKiMtiiiii  Him  iimmi 

pound  package  will  cover 
about  500  square  feet.  Apply 

' 

with  a kalsomine  brush.  Our 

No.  75W570  or  75W599  are 
very  satisfactory.  For  colors, 
see  opposite  page. 

State  color  wanted 

75W8325 — 4 Pound  Carton  for 24c 

75W8326 — 24  Pounds,  six  cartons  (all  one  or  dif- 
ferent shades)  for  $1.36 

175W8327 — 50  Pound  Drum  (white  or  any  one 

shade)  lor  $2.75 

Two  50-pound  Drums  (all  one  or  any  two  shades) 
for  $5.25 


Pur-E-Tone  Fresco  Colors 

See  Colors  on  Opposite  Page 


These  colors  are  used  in  connection  with  kalso- 
mine shades  for  borders  and  stenciling.  Also 
used  for  producing  panel  effects  below  the  plate 
rails  in  dining  rooms,  where  a very  deep  color  is 
desired.  Pur-E-Tone  Fresco  Colors  are  easy*  to 
prepare.  Mix  the  same  as  Kalsomine  described,, 
above.  New  walls,  or  old  walls  that  havefjto'f' 
been  previously  sized  should  first  receive  a coat 
of  our  Fresco  Wall  Size  75W873  listed  on  page  6. 


State  color  wanted 
No.  206,  Leather  Brown 

75W8337 — 4-pound  package.  For... 

75W8338 — 1-pound-.  package.  For.,. 

(No.  207,  Fawn 

75W8339- — 4-pound  ' package.  For. . . 

75W8340 — 1-pound  package.  For... 


.50c 

14c 


.50c 

,14c 


No.  208,  Carmine 


75W8335 — 4-pound  package. 
75W8336 — 1-pound  package. 


For. 

For. 


$1.00 
. .27 


No.  213,  Myrtle  Green 


75W8341 — 4-pound  package. 
75W8342 — 1-pound  package. 


For. 

For. 


.52c 

.16c 


TilfinJgom'ufll/fiul'yk 


Coverall  Barn  Paint  (page  12)  is  also  very  good  for  roofs. 


19 


Co -Var-Finish— Colored  Varnish 

The  Finish  That  Will  Please  You  Use  Co-Var-Finish  on  your  floors  — old  or  new.  Use  it 

on  your  furniture  and  woodwork  (old  or  new)  you  will 

See  Description  and  Prices  on  Opposite  Page  be  delighted  with  the  results. 


184  Mahogany 


185  Oak 


186  Rosewood 


186*4  Leaf  Green 


187  Antique  Oak 


188  Walnut 


188*4  Ground 


Carriage  and  Automobile  Paint 

A Paint  and  Varnish  in  One  See  Description  and  Prices  on  Opposite  Page 


162  Yellow 


165  Dark  Green 


160  Gray 


161  Brewster  Green 


168  Red 


166  Wine 


167  Blue 


163  Black 


196  Light  Gray 


Porch  Paint 

This  Durable  Paint  Will  Lengthen 
the  Life  of  Your  Porch  Floors 

For  Description  and  Prices  See  Opposite  Page 


192  Tan 


197  Dark  Gray 


194  Olive 


193  Light  Brown 


195  Red  Brown 


172  Yellow 


Wagon  and  Implement  Paint 

The  Paint  That  Wears  and  Pro- 
tects Your  Vehicles  Against  Decay 

See  Description  and  Prices  on  Opposite  Page 


160  Gray 


173  Coach  Red 


168  Blue 


171  Black 


Inside  Floor  Paint 

For  Description  and  Prices  See  Opposite  Page 


153  Yellow 


149  Light  Brown 


148  Reddish  Brown 


151  Slate 


152  Green 


20 


See  opposite  page  for  description  and  prices. 


Co-Var-Finish — Means  Colored  Varnish 

See  Colors  on  Opposite  Page 


Imitates  Expensive  Finish 

The  illustrations  in  actual  colors  on  the  inside 
front  cover  of  this  book  will  give  you  an  idea 
of  the  wonderful  results  that  may  be  obtained 
by  the  use  of  Co-Var-Finish.  It  is  as  easy  to 
apply  as  varnish.  In  fact,  it  is  a varnish  that 
contains  the  coloring  in  suspension.  Does  not 
settle  in  the  can  as  it  contains  no  pigments.  It 
is  ready  to  apply  and  may  be  used  over  any  sur- 
face, over  new  woodwork  or  over  old  finish, 
whether  previously  painted,  varnished,  enameled 
or  stained.  The  results  you  get  by  the  use  of 
Co-Var-Finish  arc  simply  astonishing.  You  can 
have  every  chair,  table  or  other  furniture,  or  any 


Splendid  for  Floors 

finish  in  the  house  looking  like  new  for  a fe 
cents  invested  in  Co-Var-Finish.  Nor  is  it  ne< 
essary  for  you  to  put  up  with  a piece  of  furniture 
that  is  out  of  harmony  with  the  surrounding  fur- 
nishings when  with  Co-Var-Finish  you  car 
quickly  and  easily  change  the  finish  to  imitate 
the  wood  you  wish  it  to  represent.  Co-Var-Fin 
isli  is  so  easy  to  apply  that  it  will  be  a pleasure 
to  do  the  work  yourself.  The  results  obtainec 
with  Co-Var-Finish  are  simply  fascinating.  Be 
cause  of  the  wonderful  results  the  demand  for 
this  finish  has  become  enormous.  Having  once 
tried  Co-Var-Finish,  you  will  prefer  it  to  most 


Makes  Old  Furniture  Like  New 

any  other  interior  finish,  and  the  cost  is  very, 
very  small.  For  colors,  see  opposite  page.  State 
color  wanted. 

75W8110 — Pint  can.  Shipping  weight,  2/  pounds 
Per  can  30c 

75W8111 — Quart  can.  Shipping  weight,  4 pounds. 

Per  can  56c 

75W8112 — Half  Gallon  can.  Shipping  weight,  7 

pounds.  Per  can  $1.00 

75W8113 — Gallon  can.  Shipping  weight,  11/ 
pounds.  Per  can  $1.90 


Paints  this 
Carriage  Two 
Full  Coats 


Carriage  and  Automobile  Paint 

See  Colors  on  Opposite  Page 


In  order  to 
withstand  the  se- 
vere action  of 
mud  and  frequent 
washing,  our  Car- 
riage and  Auto- 
mobile Paint  is 
made  from  the 
best  grade  coach 
colors,  finely 
ground  in  high 
quality  varnishes. 
For  beauty  of 
finish,  and  for 
durability,  it  is 
unexcelled.  As  a 
rule,  one  coat  is 
sufficient  on  old 


work.  It  makes  an  old  buggy  look  like  new.  Any 
one  can  apply  it.  No  experience  is  necessary. 
Comes  ready  for  use.  Dries  quickly.  Has  a bril- 
liant finish,  that  will  resist  hard  wear  and  con- 
stant exposure. 

Try  it  on  your  buggy,  surrey,  carriage,  auto- 
mobile, sleigh,  porch  furniture,  or  on  any  similar 
article  requiring  a bright  gloss  finish.  The  re- 
sults will  be  gratifying.  Be  sure  that  the  surface 
to  he  painted  is  perfectly  clean,  free  from  grease, 
and  smoothly  sandpapered  before  beginning.  Al- 
ways use  a clean  brush. 


Use  brushes  76W667  or  75W657  for  carriage 
work. 

State  color  wanted.  See  colors  on  opposite  page. 
75W7810 — Half  pint  can.  Shipping  weight,  1/ 
pounds.  Per  can  17c 

75W7811 — Pint  can.  Shipping  weight.  2/  pounds. 

Per  can  28c 

75W7812  — Quart  can.  Shipping  weight,  4/ 

pounds.  Per  can  50c 

75W7813 — Half  gallon  can.  Shipping  weight,  8 

pounds.  Per  can  95c 

75W7814 — Gallon  can.  Shipping  weight.  1.7 
pounds  $1.85 


Hard-Drying  Porch  Paint 


A Special  Paint  for  outdoor  use.  Will  not 
quickly  show  effects  of  the  hardest  wear  or  the 
severest  weather. 

Not  only  will  this  paint  withstand  the  wear  and 
tear  of  constant  use,  but  it  will  resist  the  action 
of  the  wind,  rain,  and  weather.  We  have  sub- 
jected this  paint  to  a hundred  of  the  most  trying 
tests  that  could  possibly  be  devised.  We  have 
done  this  because  we  realize  that  no  other 
painted  surface  is  given  the  bruising,  gruelling 
wear  and  tear  that  the  porch  or  steps  receive. 
There  is  not  another  Porch  Floor  Paint  that  has 


greater  wearing 
qualities. 

If  there  is  any 
one  thing  about 
a house  that 
needs  repainting 
more  than  any 
other  it  is  the 
porch  and  steps. 
Send  a trial  or- 
der for  a little  of 
this  paint  and 


See  Colors  on  Opposite  Page 

you  will  have  no  other.  One  gallon  will  cover 
300  square  feet,  two  coats. 

State  color  wanted.  For  colors  see  opposite  page. 
75W7735 — One  quart  can.  Shipping  weight,  G 

pounds.  Per  can  $0.40 

75W7736 — Half  gallon  can.  Shipping  weight.  10 

pounds.  Per  can  $0.75 

75W7737 — One  gallon  can.  Shipping  weight.  15 
pounds.  Per  can  $1.43 


Wagon  and  Implement  Paint 


Make  your  wagon  look  like  new.  A quart  of 
this  superior  paint  will  do  it,  and  the  cost  is 
only  49c.  When  the  cost  is  so  small  and  you 
can  do  the  work  yourself,  why  allow  your  wagon 
or  any  implement  to  wear  out?  Rust  and  decay 
are  as  destructive  as  fire. 

This  paint  is  specially  made  for  use  on  wood  or 
iron.  It  is  exceedingly  tough  and  exceptionally 
good  for  use  on  farm  implements  and  machinery 
that  must  necessarily  receive  severe  treatment. 
The  liberal  use  of  this  paint  once  a year  will  save 
you  the  cost  of  a new  machine  or  implement  many 


See  Colors  on  Opposite  Page 

times.  Usually  one  gallon  of  this  paint  will  re- 
paint every  implement  on  the  farm. 

Our  Wagon  and  Implement  Paint  offers  a won- 
derful resistance  to  wear  and  hard  usage.  Being 
made  of  the  best  non-fading  colors,  it  will  posi- 
tively give  you  absolute  satisfaction.  It  is  pre- 
pared ready  to  apply.  Simply  see  that  the  sur- 
face to  be  painted  is  clean,  then  apply  our  Wagon 
and  Implement  Paint  with  a 2-inch  or  2^2 -inch 
varnish  brush.  75W667  or  75WGG8  brushes  are 
well  adapted  for  this  work. 

State  color  wanted. 

Inside  Floor  Paint 


Paints 

this 

Wagon 


75W7815  — Pint 
cans.  Shipping 
weight,  2J4  lbs. 

Per  can  32c 

75W7816 — - Quart 
can.  Shipping 
weight,  4'/  lbs. 

Per  can 49c 

75W7817  — Half 
gallon  can.  Ship- 
ping weight,  9 
lbs.  Per  can.. 92c 
75W7818— Gallon 
can.  Shipping 
weight,  14  lbs. 
Per  can $1.74 


See  Colors  on  Opposite  Page 


Makes  Old  Floors  Look  Like  New 


The  ideal  preparation  for  kitchen,  pantry,  bed- 
rooms and  all  interior  floors.  Gives  a hard,  bril- 
liant, gloss  finish.  Will  not  show  heel  marks  or 
scratches. 

We  do  not  tell  you  our  Floor  Paint  is  good  for 
painting  both  inside  and  outside  floors. 

The  requirements  of  a paint  for  outside  floors 
and  for  inside  are  entirely  different.  So  are  the 
conditions  to  which  they  are  subjected.  How 
then  can  the  same  paint  be  used  satisfactorily  for 
both? 

Ordinary  floor  paints  must  dry  over  night.  In 
addition,  floor  paint  must  be  able  to  stand  con- 
stant washing  and  scrubbing.  To  secure  these 
results,  a class  of  driers  and  varnishes  must  be 


used  that  will  stand  exposure  to  elements.  Lead 
and  oil,  as  commonly  mixed  by  hand,  do  not 
prove  satisfactory  for  this  work. 

Our  Inside  Floor  Paints  combine  the  most  dur- 
able and  the  best  wear-resisting  pigments  known. 
These  are  ground  in  tough,  elastic  oils,  which 
make  a paint  that  will  not  readily  show  bruises, 
scratches,  or  heel  marks.  It  dries  hard  in  a 
short  time,  with  a brilliant  gloss,  and  can  be 
washed  and  scrubbed  without  injury. 

This  is  just  the  paint  you  want  for  your  kitchen 
floor.  It  is  the  only  paint  you  can  afford  to  buy, 
if  you  want  the  best.  It  is  the  most  durable 
and  the  most  economical  Floor  Paint  on  the  mar- 
ket today.  Cheaper  paints  may  look  well  for  a 


time,  but  after  a few  months  your  floor  begins 
to  scar  and  becomes  unsightly.  Use  our  Inside 
Floor  Paint  and  be  sure  of  satisfactory  service. 
One  gallon  will  cover  250  square  feet  with  two 
coats. 

We  recommend  our  brush  75W553  for  this 
work. 

Be  sure  to  state  color  wanted.  For  colors  see 
opposite  page. 

75W8100 — One  quart  can.  Shipping  weight,  6 

pounds.  Per  can  $0.35 

75W8101 — Half  gallon  can.  Shipping  weight,  10 

pounds.  Per  can  $0.65 

75W8102 — One  gallon  can.  Shipping  weight,  15 
pounds.  Per  can  $1.20 


'5s= 


=4 

21 


Concrete  and  Cement  Coating  will  prevent  dampness  in  brick  buildings. 


•Decorating  Stencils — Graining  Tools^ 


?\\ 


MMMMM 


English  Blued  Steel  Graining  Combs 

75W748  — In  12  assorted 
sizes.  Packed  in  tin  com- 
partment case.  Weight,  12 
ounces. 

Per  set  75c 

75W749  — English  Steel 

Graining  Comb.  Width,  3 
inches.  For  producing  fine- 
grains  of  wood.  Shipping 

weight,  2 ounces. 

Each  10c 


Rubber 

Graining 

Rollers 


The  set  comprises  three  rollers,  each,  length, 
5 inches,  diameter,  l'/2  inches.  One  of  the  cor- 
rugated rollers  to  imitate  any  straight  grain  of 
wood,  another  to  imitate  quarter-sawed  oak ; the 
third  takes  the  place  of  the  graining  combs.  With 
these  three  rollers  you  can  do  any  kind  of  grain- 
without  the  use  of  other  tools.  Shipping 
weight,  per  set,  15  ounces. 

75W756 — Rubber  Graining  Rollers.  Per  set.. 94c 

Extra  long  Rubber  Graining  Roller,  like  A 
in  above  illustration.  Length,  8 inches,  diameter, 
lyi  inches.  Used  for  graining  wide  panels.  Ship- 
ping weight,  8 ounces. 

75W753— Each  70c 


A Complete  Assortment  of  Wood 
Graining  Tools 

With  a set  of  our  graining  tools,  you  can  do 
your  own  graining.  Previous  experience  not  nec- 
essary. When  you  have  grown  tired  of  the  plain 
painted  or  varnished  effect,  then  you  can  change 
the  entire  appearance  by  graining  the  woodwork 
of  your  apartment. 

The  New  Home  Grainer 


One  steel  graining  comb  and 
two  rubber  graining  rollers  will 
produce  any  imitation  of  woods. 
Length,  rollers,  5 inches.  One 
r o 1 1 er  produces  heart-shaped 
wood  grains,  the  other  is  a 
blender ; and  the  steel  comb 
produces  the  fine  grains  of 
woods;  a splendid  combination. 
Shipping  weight,  8 ounces. 
75W750 — The  entire  set,  with 
67c 


Magic  Handle  Grainer 

For  graining  floors,  wainscot- 
ing, etc.  No  experience  neces- 
sary. Every  change  or  move- 
ment of  the  hand  makes  a dif- 
ferent grain.  You  can  change 
the  effect  by  turning 
the  roller.  Shipping 
weight,  7 ounces. 

75W752— Each  ....27c 


instructions, 


Check  Graining  Roller 

Double  Line 
Check  Grain- 
ing Roller,  used 
for  producing 
the  oak  overgrain  after  the  hand 
or  rubber  roller  graining  is  done.  Shipping 
weight,  8 ounces. 

75W751— Each  50c 


* 

J 


Decorators’  Stencils 

Popular  and  artistic  Stencil  Designs,  for  painting  and 
decorating.  Walls  and  ceiling  finished  with  our  Flat  Wall 
Finish,  or  Pur-E-Tone  Hot  Water  Kalsomine  and  Fresco 
Colors  are  particularly  well  adapted  for  stenciling.  To  get 
the  most  artistic  effect  in  stenciling,  the  colors  must  blend 
perfectly.  This  you  can  accomplish  easily.  Simply  take 
some  of  the  same  paint,  or  kalsomine  used  on  the  walls  and 
add  a few  drops  of  brown  at  a time,  being  careful  not  to 
get  it  too  dark.  If  too  dark  there  will  be  too  much  contrast 
to  be  artistic.  If  your  wall  color  is  a gray,  use  for  stencil- 
ing the  same  material  adding  a little  ‘black  for  a darker 
shade,  or  a little  white  for  a lighter  shade. 

The  stencils  are 
made  from  heavy 
oiled  paper.  Also 
are  used  on  plain  or 
ingrain  wall  papers, 
portieres,  curtains, 
table  covers,  etc. 

Weight,  3 ounces  to 
10  ounces. 


When  ordering 

. ,,  . . ....  ....  Stencils,  mention 

Very  Pleasing  Effects  May  be  Accomplished  with  . ..  , V , 

Stencils  and  It’s  Very  Interesting.  Article  Number,  as 

You  can  doit  Yourself.  shown  below. 


Ready-to-Use 
Graining 
Outfit,  $1.90 

You  can  do 
your  own 
graining — Re- 
finish your 
old  floors  and 
woodwork 
at  little  cost 


Experience  unnecessary.  Easy  to  use  and  in- 
expensive. Anyone  can  make  old,  dark,  dirt- 
stained  floors  or  woodwork  of  any  kind  look  like 
new,  up-to-date  hardwood  finish  at  a very  small 
cost,  'it  completely  covers  the  old  surface,  hides 
all  blemishes,  and  produces  a beautifully  rich  gloss 
and  durable  finish,  similar  to  hardwood.  Full 
directions  with  this  outfit.  Outfit  as  follows: 

1 Quart  Co-Var-Finish,  Ground  Color $0.55 

1 Pint  Graining  Compound,  Oak 25 

1 Quart  Co-Var-Finish,  Natural,  Gloss  Fin- 
ish   55 

1 Three-inch  Grainer  and  Steel  Comb 37 

1 One  and  a half-inch  brush.  For  graining 

compound  20 

1 Two  and  a half-inch  brush.  For  ground 

color  finishing  coat  35 

75W8438 — Graining  Outfit.  Total  cost $2.27 

Our  price  for  this  Outfit 1.90 

Shipping  weight  for  outfit,  16  pounds. 

Graining  Compound 

A liquid  preparation  in  which  graining  is  done. 
Put  up  in  cans  ready  for  use.  Read  instructions, 
page  8.  Apply  with  brush  not  previously  used 
in  varnish,  paint  or  any  preparation  containing 
turpentine  or  oil.  One  pint  covers  about  100 
square  feet  of  surface.  Shipping  weight,  3 

pounds. 

75W8440 — 1 Pint  Can  25c 


75W8S10 — <Price,  each.. 10c 
Width,  lyi  inches.  Length, 

13  Yz  inches. 

life  »k  4ft. 

76W8814 — Price,  each.. 13c 
Width,  3 Yi  inches.  Length, 

14  inches. 


75W8813 — iPrice,  each.. 15c 
Width,  2'/i  inches.  Length, 
10  inches. 


75W8815 — Price,  each..  18c 
Width.  3 inches.  Length, 
18  inches. 


V’lNVlNVlV/lV/’iNVlV/ 

ry(NT^,v.T^.NT^»NT^»v.T/,v.T. 
75WS312— Price,  each..  12c 
Width,  2 inches.  Length, 
I.'*,  inches, 

xtr  xV* 

75W8818— Price,  each.. 18c 
Width,  i'/i  incites.  Length, 
IS  inches. 


75W8820— Price,  each..  18c 
Width,  i'/i  inches.  Length, 
10  inches. 


75W8827 — Price,  each.  ..28c 
Width,  G'/i  inches.  Length, 
18  inches. 

I 

[*0  $ 

a®- 

75W8851— Price.  each ...  50c 

Width,  5 % inches.  Length, 
11  inches. 


M/- 


Mi 


75  W8829— Price,  each..  12c 

Width,  4 inches.  Length, 
4 inches. 


75W8822— Price,  each. . . 18c 
Width,  G'/i  inches.  Length, 
13  inches. 


75W8834— Price,  each... 13c 
Width,  5 inches.  Length, 
5 inches. 


75W8828— Price,  each... 23c 
Width,  3%  inches.  Length, 
20  inches. 


75W8830 — Price,  each.  . .30c 

Width,  7 inches.  Length, 
10  inches. 


75W8817 — Price,  each.. 15c 
Width,  314  inches.  Length, 
19  '/t  inches. 


MM 

• • • • 1 

75W8831— Price,  each ...  23c 

Width,  7ka  inches.  Length, 
13  inches. 


75W8833 — Price,  each. ..25c 
Width.  4J4  inches.  Length, 
21 RS  inches. 

75W8835— Price,  each... 30c 
Width,  8 inches.  Length, 
19  inches.  


•••••«••••• 

75W8846 — Price,  each... 35c 
Width,  11  inches.  Length, 
17  inches. 


kCa*.  - A 

I 

75W8840 — Price,  each... 40c 

Width,  9->3  inches.  Length, 

1G  inches. 


99 


See  page  4 for  vehicle  and  implement  varnishes. 


TJlcnfijonWujll'a’ul 


Finishers’  Specials — Floor  Preparations^ 


Crack  and  Crevice  Filler 

A specially  prepared, 
hard-drying,  non-shrink- 
able,  elastic  compound 
for  filling  cracks  and 
crevices  in  floors,  wood- 
work and  furniture  be- 
fore applying  paint  or 
varnish.  Also  adapted 
for  smoothing  rough 
places.  It  is  easily  ap- 
plied, and  gives  perma- 
nent satisfaction.  Does 
not  shrink  or  crumble 
and  dries  hard  in  24 
hours.  Clean  out  cracks  or  crevices  thoroughly 
before  using  filler. 

75W8228 — 1-pound  cans.  Per  can 12c 

75W822&  - o-pounil  (Sans.  Per  can 55c 

Fill-Tite  (A  Water  Putty  Filler) 

Fills  up  cracks  and  dries  hard  as  rock.  A min- 
eral  combination  in  powder  form  to  be  mixed  with 
water.  Dries  in  15  minutes.  The  ideal  filler  for 
filling  holes  and  imperfections  on  concrete  work, 
plastered  walls,  basements,  iron  or  metal  work, 
cracks  in  furniture,  vehicles,  statuary,  ornaments, 
etc. 

VVlien  dry,  water  will  not  dissolve  it.  It  can 
be  sandpapered,  carved  or  sawed  without  crum- 
bling. 


75W8223 — 1 -pound 

package. 

For 

9c 

75W8224 — 2-pound 

package. 

For 

16c 

75W8225— 5-pound 

package. 

For 

36c 

Superior  Liquid  Glue 

An  unusually  strong  and  tenacious  glue,  pre- 
pared ready  to  use.  There  is  no  disagreeable 
odor.  Will  not  sour  or  mould. 

75W8580 — Ounce  bottle.  Shipping  weight,  5 

ounces  6c 

75W8581 — Half  pint  cans.  Shipping  weight,  \Vx 

pounds  17c 

75W8582 — Pint  cans.  Shipping  weight,  \7/% 

pounds  26c 

75W8583 — Quart  cans.  Shipping  weight,  3*4 
pounds  50c 

Glue — Flake  and  Ground 

Ground  and  Amber  do  well  for  most  purposes. 
White  Cabinet  is  a pure  white  glue.  Superior 
I'lake  is  intended  for  finest  furniture  work.  Trans- 
parent Flake  is  a pure  white  translucent  glue. 
For  shipping  weight  figure  three  ounces  more  to 
each  pound. 

75W8560 — Ground  Glue.  Per  pound 15c 

175W8561 — Ground  Glue.  100-pound  keg. 

Per  pound  14c 

175W8562 — Ground  Glue.  200-pound  barrel. 

Per  pound  13c 

75W8563 — Amber  Flake  Glue.  Per  pound.... 15c 
175W8564 — Amber  Flake  Glue.  100-pound  keg. 

Per  pound  14c 

175W8565 — Amber  Flake  Glue.  200-pound  bar- 
rel. Per  pound 13c 

75W8566 — White  Cabinet  Flake  Glue. 

Per  pound  19c 

75W8567 — White  Cabinet  Flake  Glue.  5-pound 

packages.  Per  pound 18c 

175W8568 — White  Cabinet  Flake  Glue.  50-pound 

keg.  Per  pound 17J/2C 

175W8569 — White  Cabinet  Flake  Glue. 

100-pound  keg.  Per  pound 17c 

75W8570 — Superior  Flake  Glue.  Per  pound.. 24c 
175W8571 — Superior  Flake  Glue.  100-pound  keg. 

Per  pound  23c 

175W8572 — Superior  Flake  Glue.  200-pound  bar- 
rel. Per  pound 21c 

75W8573 — Transparent  Flake  Glue. 

Per  pound  25c 

75W8574 — Transparent  Flake  Glue.  5-pound 

packages.  Per  pound  24c 

175W8575 — Transparent  Flake  Glue.  50-pound 
keg.  Per  pound  22c 

Re-Nu-Wall  Cleaner 

A scientifically  prepared  Cleaner  for  wall  paper, 
fresco  or  calcimined  walls  and  window  shades. 
Will  not  spoil  surface.  It  does  not  get  hard.  One 
package  will  clean  one  ordinary  size  room.  Weight 
per  package,  15  ounces. 

75W856 — Price,  per  package  $0.10 

Per  dozen  packages  1-00 

Reliance  Wall  Paper  Paste 

No  better  or  more  economical  paste  for  paper- 
hangers,  billposters,  or  for  anyone  who  needs  good 
paste  quickly. 

75W854 — Price,  per  package,  15  ounces 10c 

75W855 — Price,  per  package.  2)4  pounds 20c 


“Grip-Tite”  Wall  Sizing 

New  plastered  walls,  whether  smooth,  rough  or 
painted,  should  be  sized  before  papering.  The 
walls  being  porous,  absorb  the  paste,  causing  the 
paper  to  peel  off.  One  package  (1  pound)  will 
make  a gallon  of  sizing. 

75W858 — Price,  per  package 15c 


Emery  Cloth 

85W2405 — Extra  Quality  Emery  Cloth.  Durable 
and  rapid  cutting.  24  sheets  to  a quire.  No.  00 
is  the  finest.  Weights  range  1)4  to  3 pounds 


per  quire, 
number.) 

Size  of 

sheets.  9x11  inches. 

(Give 

Ouire 

Per 

(24  sheets) 

Sheet 

Grit  No. 

00 

55c 

3c 

Grit  No. 

0 

55c 

3c 

Grit  No. 

% 

55c 

3c 

Grit  No.  1 

57c 

3 c 

Grit  No.  1 

u. 

3c 

Grit  No.  2 

62c 

3c 

Grit  No.  2 

V* 

4c 

Sand  Paper 

85W2400 — Extra  Quality  Flint 
or  Sand  Paper.  Tough  and  sat- 
isfactory. The  No.  00  is  the 
finest.  Size  of  sheets,  9x11 
inches.  Shipping  weights,  per 
quire,  1 to  3 pounds. 

Give  number. 


Half  Ream  Quire 
(240  sheets)  (24  sheets) 


Grit 

No. 

(HI 

$1.48 

$0.16 

Grit 

No. 

0 

1.60 

.17 

Grit 

No. 

% 

1 50 

.17 

Grit 

No. 

1 

1.60 

.18 

Grit 

No. 

1 % 

1.70 

.19 

Grit 

No. 

1.80 

.20 

Grit 

No. 

2Vz 

1.96 

.22 

Grit 

No. 

3 

2.20 

.24 

Assorted  Sand  Paper  and  Emery  Cloth 
85W2402 — An  assorted  package  of  best  flint  sand 
paper  and  emery  cloth.  Ten  sheets  in  all.  Weight 
10  ounces. 

Per  package  15c 


85W2403 — Cast  Iron  Double  Glue 

Pots.  The  inside  pot  for  glue  is 
heavily  tinned.  Water  is  placed  in 
the  outside  vessel.  Weight,  3 to  6 
pounds.  State  size  wanted. 

Inside  pot  Each 

% pint  48c 

1%  pint  50c 

2)4  pint  68c 


Gasoline  Blow  Torch 

$2.75  f a Indispensable  for 

Paint  Burning 

One  of  the  finest  and  most 
popular  Torches  on  the  mar- 
ket. Made  of  polished  brass 
with  special  bronze  metal 

burner  and  improved  air 

pump.  Produces  a solid  blue 
flame,  generating  about  1,500 
degrees  (Fahrenheit).  It  is 
easily  regulated  and  indispens- 
able for  paint  burning,  solder- 

Usual  value,  $4.00  in85  thawing  out  pipes,  and 

and  up  ‘?r  plumbers,  tinners,  electri- 

cians, etc.  Has  an  adjustable 
solid  iron  holder,  which  can  be  easily  removed 
if  desired.  Every  torch  is  tested  and  sure  to  be 
perfect. 

80W802 — Capacity,  1 Pint. 

Shipping  weight,  3 pounds.  Each. 

80W803 — Capacity,  1 Quart. 

Shipping  weight,  4 pounds.  Each.. 


$2.75 

3.25 


Waxelite 

A splendid  preparation  for  floors,  furniture  and 
woodwork.  Also  excellent  for  oilcloth  and  lino- 
leum. For  floors  it  is  remarkable,  because  it  keeps 
the  floors  bright,  and  doubles  the  life  of  the  wood. 
When  used  on  maple  it  preserves  the  whiteness 
of  the  wood.  This  is  a liquid  and  dries  quickly. 
Apply  with  a cloth  or  rag.  When  dry,  may  be 
polished  with  a cloth  to  a smooth,  glazed  surface. 
One  gallon  will  cover  600  square  feet.  Shipping 
weight,  per  gallon,  S pounds. 

75W8250 — Pint  cans.  Per  can $0.26 

75W825I — Quart  cans.  Per  can 42 

75W8252 — Half  gallon  cans.  Per  can 75 

75W8253 — One  gallon  can.  Per  can 1.40 


$0.28 


Floor  Oil 

A Special  Prepared  Oil.  For 
use  on  floors  of  stores,  offices, 
kitchens,  etc.  It  is  easilv  ap- 
plied with  a cloth,  dries  quickly 
and  does  not  leave  the  surface 
sticky  or  greasy.  Floors  on 
which  this  oil  is  used  are  dust- 
less. easily  kept  clean  with  a 
cloth  or  broom,  and  do  not  re- 
quire frequent  scrubbing.  Ship- 
ping weight,  per  gallon.  S 
pounds. 

75W8230 — 1-quart  cans.  Per  can. 

75W8231 — K’-gallon  cans.  Per  can 46 

75W8232 — 1-gallon  cans.  Per  can 68 

175W8233 — 5-gallon  cans.  Per  can 2.90 

Dancing  Floor  Wax 

This  wax  comes  in  powdered  form 
and  is  without  question  the  finest 
preparation  for  dancing  floors  that 
has  ever  been  produced.  It  is  easy 
to  apply.  Simply  sprinkle  lightly 
over  the  floor  and  the  feet  of  the 
dancers  will  do  the  rest.  It  will 
not  soil  the  most  delicate  fabric, 
or  the  finest  floor.  It  gives  a finish 
to  the  floor  that  is  much  more 
serviceable  than  that  secured  from 
the  average  wax.  Put  up  in  one- 
pound  sprinkler  top  cans. 

75W8242 — Powdered  Dancing  Floor  Wax. 

1-pound  cans.  Per  can  24c 

Floor  Reviver 

A superior  article  for  reviv- 
ing and  brightening  varnished 
or  waxed  surfaces.  Especially 
adapted  for  floors,  wainscoting 
and  all  woodwork.  Simply  ap- 
ply with  cloth.  Dries  quickly 
and  leaves  surface  in  condition 
easy  to  keep  clean.  Weight,  per 
gallon,  about  8 pounds. 

75W8255 — Pint  cans. 

Each  

75W8256 — Quart  Cans.  Each 

75W8257 — )4  Gallon  Cans.  Each 
75W8258— Gallon  Cans.  Each 


Floor  or  Furniture  Wax 
An  Ideal  Finish  for  Floors,  Interior 
Woodwork  and  Furniture 


Our  Floor  Wax  is  of  the  finest 
grade  and  color.  It  produces  a rich, 
durable  finish,  not  easily  marred  or 
scratched.  Can  be  used  on  cither 
open  or  close  grained  wood.  It  pre- 
serves and  develops  to  the  best  pos- 
sible advantage  the  different  kinds  of 
wood  in  their  natural  beauty.  It  is 
applied  with  a cloth.  Dries  hard.  Can  be  rubbed 
to  a high  polished  finish,  which  is  easily  kept 
clean.  There  is  a great  difference  in  floor  waxes. 
Some  of  them  contain  very  little  if  any  wax. 
Ours  is  the  best  grade,  the  kind  that  retails  at 
45c  and  50c  per  pound. 

75W8235 — 1 pound  cans.  Each $0.25 

75W8236 — 4 pound  cans.  Each 90 

75W8237 — 8 pound  cans.  Each 1.80 


Weighted  Brush 
for 

Waxing  Floors 


These  brushes  are  made  on  a solid  block, 
which  prevents  the  bristles  from  working  up  and 
down.  A piece  of  heavy  cord  around  the  outer 
edge  of  the  block  to  prevent  marring  the  wood 
work.  The  castings  are  finished  with  bright 
aluminum.  Handles  are  nicely  polished,  and 
swing  from  center  of  casting.  Length  of  bristle, 
% inch. 

75W8270 — 15  pound.  Family  Size,  4)4x8)4x3$4 

inches.  Each  $1.25 

75W8271  — 25  pound,  Large  Size,  4)4x946x4 
inches.  Each  $1.55 


llltmlgcrm'iyll'ald  Vfh 


Use  plenty  of  paint  and  varnish.  They  pay  big  returns  by  protection. 


23 


Painters’  and  Decorators’  Brushes 


Rubberset  Wall  Brush 
Extra  Quality 

Extra  quality  Wall  Paint  Brush. 
Gray  Russian  bristles.  Outside  of 
white  Russian  bristles.  Bristles  set 
in  hard  rubber.  Length  of  bristles, 
4 inches.  A ttrong,  substantial  brush. 
Will  do  good  outside  work. 


Rubberset  Wall  Brush 

Selected  White  Russian  Bristles. 
Set  in  hard  rubber.  Bristles  will  not 
come  out.  Not  affected  by  turpen- 
tine, benzine  or  water.  Brass  bound. 
We  recommend  this  brush  to  painters 
or  anyone  desiring  a good  brush. 


Article 

Number 

Width 

inches 

j Weight  1 

1 ounces  1 

Each 

Article 

Number 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Weight 

ounces 

Each 

Article 

Number 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Weight 

ounces 

Each 

75W631 

3 

0 

$1.00 

75W623 

3 

3 

6 

$0.55 

75W540 

3 

3A 

5 

$0.48 

75W633 

3 A 

7 

1.18 

75W625 

3'A 

3 A 

7 

.66 

75W541 

314 

4 

6 

.69 

75W635 

4 

s 

1.39 

75W627 

4 

3 A 

s 

.82 

75W542 

4 

4A 

7 

1.14 

75W637 

4 A 

9 

1.65 

75W629 

4 A 

3 A 

9 

1.05 

75W543 

4 A 

4'A 

!) 

1.60 

Choice 
Wall  Brush  Set-in  Rubber 


Made  of  Choicest  Grade  Black 
Chinese  Bristles.  Vulcanized  in  hard 
rubber.  Bristles  long  and  uniformly 
tapered.  Full,  firm  and  elastic  stock. 
Nickel  ferrule.  Holds  lots  of  paint. 


Full  Flat  Paint  Brush 

Black  Chinese  Bristles.  Set  in 
rubber.  Full  stock.  Metal  bound. 
Well  made  throughout.  A medium 
priced  brush  for  house,  barn  or  roof. 


Article 

Number 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Weight 

ounces 

Each 

75W551 

2« /2 

214 

4 

30c 

76W552 

3 

2A  ■ 

5 

37c 

75W553 

314 

3 

0 

46c 

75W554 

4 

3 A 

7 

59c 

75W555 

414 

3 A 

» 

70c 

75W556 

5 

3 A 

8 

83c 

75W557 

514 

3 A 

9 

99c 

The  Painters’  Favorite 

Set-in  Rubber 


95c 


The  Ideal  Brush 
for  House  Painting. 

The  practical  brush 
to  use.  The  brush 
to  buy  for  good  serv- 
ice, and  long  service. 

Made  of  the  choicest 
grade  genuine  black 
Chinese  bristles.  Set  in 
solid  bed  of  hard  rubber 
— nickel  bound.  Width  of  brush  4 
inches.  Length  of  bristles,  4 inches. 
The  bristles  are  uniformly  tapered. 
The  stock  is  full,  firm  and  elastic. 
This  brush  works  easily  and  spreads 
the  paint  smoothly  and  evenly.  A 


Length,  4 inches 

favorite  brush  among  painters  for 
their  best  .work.  We  claim  this 
brush  is  equal  to  any,  and  superior 
to  many  brushes  sold  by  the  dealer 
at  $1.50.  Shipping  weight,  packed, 
12  ounces. 

75W701— Our  Price  95c 


Flat  Wall  Brush 

Selected  black  Chinese  Bristles. 
Stock  full  and  even.  Set  in  hard 
rubber.  Nickel  plated  ferrule.  Full, 
firm  and  elastic  stock.  A satisfac- 
torv  brush  for  inside  or  outside  work. 
Article  I Width  Bristlesl  Weight 
A umber  I inches  inches  I ounces 
75W546 
75W547 
75W548 
75W549 


Each 


40c 


52c 


73c 


85c 


Fine  Quality  Wall  Brush 
Selected  White  Russian  Bristles 
A standard  brush  for  house  paint- 
ers’ use,  floors,  walls,  etc.,  where  a 
good,  substantial  brush  is  required. 
Full,  stiff,  springy  stock,  embedded 
in  hard,  vulcanized  rubber.  Nickel 
plated  ferrule. 


Article  WidthjBristles 

Number  inches!  inches 


75W639  | 3'A 
75W641  i 4 
75W643  4 A 


Weight 

ounces 


Each 


$1.15 

1.40 

1.60 


Kalsomine  Brush 


White  Russian  Bristles.  Metal 
bound.  A splendid  kalsomine  brush 
for  general  use. 


Article 

Number 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Weight 

ounces 

Each 

75W599 

G 

3 A 

12 

$0.80 

75W601 

7 

3 A 

44 

1.00 

75W602 

8 

3% 

16  1 

1 30 

Plasterers’  Finishing  Brush 
A full  standard  3-row  brush.  All 
good  quality,  gray,  stiff  Russia  Bris- 
tles, white  outside.  Leather  bound. 
Width,  8 inches.  Length  of  bristles, 
4 A inches.  Weight,  1»  ounces. 
75W778— Each  $2.95 


Flat  Paint  or  Wall  Brush 


Black  Chinese  Bristles.  Tin  fer- 
rule. Finished  handles.  A fair  brush 
for  odd  jobs. 


Article 
N umber 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Weight 

ounces 

Each 

75W559 

214 

214 

3 

10c 

75W560 

3 

2 H 

4 

20c 

75W561 

314 

254 

5 

24c 

75W562 

4 

2A 

0 

30c 

75W563 

414 

3 

7 

34c 

75W564 

5 

3 A 

8 

49c 

Rubberset  Kalsomine  Brush 

Gray  Russian  Bristles.  White  Out- 
side. Galvanized  iron  band.  A 
thoroughly  high  grade  brush. 

Article 

Number 

75  W 573  7 I 44i  | 18  I $3.25 

75W574  8 | 5 I 20  | 3.95 


I Width  J Bristles  YY  eight 
I inches  I inches  I ounces 


Rubberset  Kalsomine  Brush 
Selected  White  Russian  Bristles. 
Metal  bound. 


Article  1 Width 

Bristles 

Weight 

Number  inches 

inches 

ounces 

Each 

76W570  1 7 

414 

10 

$1.95 

75 W 571  1 8 

4Vi 

10 

2.50 

German  Improved  Kalsomine  Brush 
Lighter  than  the  German  Kalso- 
mine brush,  and  far  more  practical. 
Fine  quality  gray  Russian  Bristles. 
Size  of  block.  2x7  inches.  Length 
of  bristles,  4 '/  inches.  Weight,  15 
ounces.  • 

75W5!°— Each  $4.25 


Article 

Number 

Knot 

1 Weight  1 

1 ounces  1 

Each 

75W700 

i 

1 8 1 

30c 

75W699 

2 

1 12  | 

45c 

75W702 

3 

I 10  1 

70c 

75W703 

4 

1 20 

85c 

Rubberset  Stucco  Brush 
Leather  Bound 

Selected  black  Chinese  Bristles,  set 
in  hard,  vulcanized  rubber.  Long, 
full,  stiff,  springy  stock.  Holds  lots 
of  paint.  Fine  for  house  painting, 
interior  walls,  or  other  large  surfaces. 


Article  1 Width  Bristles 
Number  | inches  inches 


Weight 

ounces 


Each 


75W589  3 A 

75W591  ; 4 
75W593  ' 4 


$1.30 

1.55 

1.80 


Rubberset  Stucco  Brush 
Leather  Bound 
Stucco  Paint  Brush.  Best  selected 
white  Russian  Bristles.  Set  in  hard 
rubber.  Full  springv  stock.  Holds 
lots  of  paint.  A good  substantial 
brush  for  outside  painting. 


Article 

Number 

Width 

inches 

liristles 

inches 

Weight 

ounces 

Each 

75W580 

314 

4 

7 

$1.20 

75W581 

4 

414 

8 

1.50 

75W582 

4 A 

414 

9 

1.70 

Set-in  Rubber  Stucco  Brusn 
Metal  Bound 

Selected  Black  Chi  nese  Bristles, 
set  in  rubber.  Full  stock.  Will  hold 
a lot  of  paint.  This  brush  spreads 
smoothly  and  evenly.  Also  used  for 
house  painting.  A good  brush  at  a 
reasonable  price. 


The  Handy  Brush 

An  inexpensive  brush  for  white- 
washing, kalsomining.  cold  water 
paints,  etc.  Width,  7 inches.  Length 
of  bristles.  34ft  inches.  Weight.  14 
ounces.  Mixed  stock.  Securely  set 
with  staples. 

76W708  -Each  54c 


Barn  and  Roof  Paint  Brush 

A practical,  well  made  brush  for 
painting  roofs,  barns  and  large  sur- 
faces. Metal  bound.  Width.  0 
inches.  Bristles,  length.  3'A  inches. 
A good  brush  for  the  purpose 
Weight,  8 ounces. 

75W705  -Each  50r 


Roofing  Brushes 
Gray  bristles  outside. 

Mixed  gray  center.  For 
heavy  painting,  roof 
coating  and  tar  paints. 

The  one  knot  brush  used 
for  cementing  seams  and 
laps  on  felt  or  composi- 
tion roofing.  Length  of  bristles,  3 
inches. 


Article  Width 
Number  inches 


75W586 

75W588 

75W594 


Bristlesl  Weight  I 
inches  I ounces  I 


Each 


$0.89 

1.07 

1.24 


I 


I 


I 


24 


Going  to  decorate?  Then  write  for  our  Free  Book  of  Wall  Paper  Samples, 


Painters’  and  Decorators’  Brushes 

H 


Flat  Varnish  Brush 

Set-in-Rubber 

Black  Chinese  Bristles.  Flowing 
Brush.  Set  in  rubber.  Metal  ferrule. 
A high  grade  brush  for  fine  varnish- 
ing. Extra  fine,  extra  thick,  soft 
and  elastic. 


Article 

No. 


75W651 

75W652 

75W653 

75W654 

75W655 


Width  ; Bristles  J Wt. 
i ncht  s | inrhea  oz.  j Each 


154  | 254 

- I 2*4 

254  2H 

3 f 2 % 
354  I 3 a 


24c 

'3rtc 

40c 

48c 

63c 


Flat  Varnish  Brush 

Set-in- Rubber 

Extra  Chiseled  Black  Chinese  Bris- 
tles, set  in  rubber.  Metal  bound.  A 
Rood,  practical,  medium-priced  brush. 


Article 

No. 


75W661 

75W662 

75W663 

75W664 


Width  1 
inches  | 

Bristles 

inches 

Wt.  I 
oz.  | 

Each 

1 154 

i % 

2 

17c 

2 

3 

27c 

2*/, 

254 

3 

38c 

3 

254 

4 

45c 

Flat  Varnish  Brush 
Rubberset 

Selected  White  Bristles,  Chiseled. 
Set  in  hard  rubber.  Nickel  ferrule. 
A fine  brush  for  varnish,  enamels,  or 


stains. 

Article 

Width 

Bristles 

Wt 

Article 

Width 

Bristles 

Wt. 

No. 

inches 

inches 

oz. 

Each 

No. 

inches 

inches 

oz. 

Ench 

75W671 

i 

1*4 

1 A 

1 

7c 

75W615 

154 

1*4 

2 

24c 

75W672 

154 

2 

10c 

75W617 

o 

3 

34c 

75W673 

3 

13c 

75W619 

254 

2 -Vs 

4 

45c 

75W674 

2J4 

2 

4 

18c 

75W621 

3 

254 

4 

57c 

75W675 

3 

254 

4 

21c 

The  Daisy  Varnish  Brush 

An  inexpensive  brush  for  odd  jobs. 
Good  value. 


Oval  Varnish  Brush 

Selected  Black  Chinese  Bristles. 
Nickel  ferrule.  Bristles  full  and 
springy.  A good  brush  for  varnish- 
ing or  painting  woodwork,  wagons, 
etc. 


Article 

No. 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Wt.  I 
oz. 

Each 

75W680 

1*4 

3 

4 1 

38c 

75W681 

3 54 

5 | 

50c 

75W6S2 

254 

354 

0 

62c 

75W683 

2's 

3*4 

6 1 

73c 

Article 

No. 


Width  I Bristles  I Wt. 
inches  I inches  | oz. 


Rubberset  Favorite  Varnish  Brushes 

Our  very  best  flowing  brush.  For 
fine  varnishing  and  enameling.  A 
splendid  brush  for  use  on  interior 
wood  work,  floors  and  furniture. 

Made  of  selected  black  Chinese  bris- 
tles, long  and  heavy.  Chiseled  edge. 

Nickel  bound.  A practical  brush  for 
high  grade  work. 


Each 


Badger  Hair 
Flowing  Varnish  Brush 

Badger  Hair  Flowing  Varnish 
Brush.  Set  in  rubber.  For  fine  var- 
nishing. Adapted  for  cabinet  work, 
vehicles  and  pianos. 


Article 

No. 


75W612  2 

m 

4 

40c 

75W656 

75W614  254 

3 A 

5. 

49c 

75W657 

75W616  3 

3 Vs 

6 

60c 

75W658 

75W618  1 354 

354 

7 1 

85c 

75W659 

Width  j Bristles  I Wt.  I 
inches  ! inches  I oz.  | Each 


V/2  I 1V2  111  41c 

2 1%  2 I 58c 

2Vs  1%  3 1 74c 

3 [ 2 | 4 I 85c 


Rubberset  Oval  Varnish  Brush 

Selected  Black  Chinese  Bristles. 
Set  in  rubber.  Extra  long  and  full. 
A practical  painters’  brush.  Fine  for 
large  jobs. 


Article 

No. 

75W628 

75W630 

75W632 


Width 

inches 


2*4 


inches 


4 54 

454 

4*4 


Oval  Varnish  Brush 

Black  Chinese  Bristles.  Nickel 
ferrule.  A popular  brush  for  small 
jobs. 


1 oz. 

Each 

Article  1 

Width 

Bristles 

1 Wt. 

7 

SI. 40 

No.  | 

inches 

inches 

1 OZ. 

Each 

8 

1.55 

75W677  | 

1*4 

254 

4 1 

27c 

9 

2.00 

75W678  | 

1*4 

2*4 

4 1 

34c 

Camels’  Hair  Color  Brush 

Extra  quality.  Double  thick.  Brass 
bound.  Short  cedar  handles.  Length 
of  hair,  1*4  to  IV2  inches.  Weight, 
2 ounces. 


Sizes  V/2  2 

75W426— Each,  35c  50c  65c 


3 

90c 


Fitch  Flowing  Brush 

Chiseled,  Fitch  Hair,  double  thick. 


Article 

No. 


75W665 

75W666 

75W667 

75W668 

75W669 


silver 

Dronzing 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Wt.  I 
oz.  1 

i 

1% 

1 1 

i y2 

1% 

1 1 

2 

1% 

2 I 

014 

1% 

3 1 

Q 

<? 

4 1 

Each 


20c 

26c 

34c 

42c 

48c 


Soft  Hair 


Flat  Sash 
Trim  or  Radiator  Brush 

Select  Chinese  Bristles,  chiseled. 
Nickel  ferrule.  Long  handle. 


Article 

No. 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Wt. 

oz. 

Each 

75W610 

1 

1*4 

1 

14c 

75W611 

v/2 

2 

0 

19c 

75W613 

0 

2}4 

2 

24c 

Bronzing  Brush 

Made  of  fine,  soft  Goat  Hair.  Used 
for  bronzing  small  articles  and  for 
enameling  radiators,  steam  pipes,  etc. 
Length,  including  handle,  9*4  inches, 
or  1014  inches. 


Article  I Width  I Bristles  I Wt.  J 

No. | inches  I inches  I oz.  | Each 

| 15c 

I 20c 


75W605  | 1J4 

75W606  I 2 


154 

154 


Special  Bronzing  Brush 

Soft  Hair.  For  household  use.  For 
bronzing  or  lacquering  picture 
frames,  chandeliers,  bric-a-brac,  or 
small  articles.  Width,  1 inch. 
Length  of  hair,  1 inches.  Weight, 
1 ounce.  Length,  including  handle, 
9^4  inches. 

75W604—  Each  10c 


Mottling  Brush 


Camel’s  Hair  Mottling  Brush  or 
Spatters.  Short  cedar  handles.  Brass 
ferrules.  Length  of  bristles,  154  to 
1 *4  inches.  Weight,  2 ounces. 

Sizes,  inches  ...  154  2 2/2  3 

75W424  — Each,  25c  32c  40c  55c 


Rubberset  Sash  Brush 

Sash  Brush.  Black  Chinese  bris- 
tles, set  in  rubber.  Metal  ferrule. 


Article 

No. 

Width 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Wt  I 
oz.  1 

Each 

75W506 

*4 

1*4 

1 

12c 

75W507 

1 

l?4 

1 

14c 

75W508 

154 

254 

2 

18c 

75W509 

154 

254 

2 

24c 

Oval  Sash  Brush 


Black 

handle. 

Chinese  Bristles,  Polished 

Article 

Width 

Bristles  1 Wt. 

No. 

inches 

inches  | oz. 

Each 

75W510 

Vi 

1*4  1 l 

9c 

75W511 

1 

3*4  l 

10c 

75W512 

154 

254  2 

15c 

75W513 

154 

2V4  I 2 

18c 

Painters’  Round  Duster 

Mixed  hair  and  fibre  stock.  Length, 
354  inches.  Width,  254  inches. 
Weight,  8 ounces. 

75W744— Each  27c 


Painters’  Round  Duster 

Gray  bristle  center.  Black  outside. 
No  better  made.  Length  of  bristles, 
4 inches.  Width,  2l/2  inches.  Weight, 
12  ounces. 

75W745— Each  65c 


Whitewash  Brushes 


Made  of  the 
best  White 
Tampico  fibre. 
Metal  bound. 
Length  of 
stock,  3 inch- 
es. E x c e p- 
tional  value. 


Article 

No. 


Width 

inches 


Weight 

ounces 


Each 


75W487  1 

7 

7 

1 13c 

75W773 

10 

2 

0 1 

75W488  1 

8 

15c 

75W774 

12 

254 

8 1 

Paper 

Hangers’ 

Favorite 


A Smoothing  Brush.  Necessary  to 
do  a good  smooth  job  of  paperhang- 
ing. Made  of  two  rows  of  black 
Chinese  bristles. 


Article 

No. 


I Width  I Bristles  i Wt. 

I inches  | inches  | oz. 


Each 

75c 

90c 


Smoothing  Brush 

'E1'.  A good, 

inexpen* 
sive  brush. 

M a d e 

with  two  rows  of  white  fibre,  wire 
drawn.  An  excellent  brush  of  its 
kind. 


Article 

No. 


I Width  I Bristles  I 
I inches | inches  I 


Wt. 

oz. 


75W770  10 

75W771  12 


8 

10 


12c 

20c 


Painters’  Flat  Duster 

Full,  springy  stock.  Varnished 
handle.  Width,  4J4  inches.  Length 
of  stock,  4 inches.  Weight,  8 ounces. 
75W746— Each  50c 


Black  Chinese 
Bristles 
Metal  bound. 
An  extra  good 
brush  for  the 
price. 


Article 

No. 


'Width  Bristles  | Weight 
inches  inches  | ounces  Each 


75W490  | 7 | 2& 

75W491  |8|3 


White  Russian 
Bristles 

Leather 
bound.  A good 
medium  priced 
brush. 


Article 

No. 


Width 

inches 


Bristles  I Wt.  [ 
inches  > oz.  ! Ench 


White  Russian 
Bristles 

Extra  long 
and  full. 
Leather 
bound. 


Article 

No. 


Width 

inches 


Bristles  I Wt. 

inches  | oz. 


10  | 

50c 

75W493 

754 

3 

12 

$0.95 

75W495 

8 

3*4 

1 34 

$1.95 

75W498 

7% 

4 1 

12  1 

65c 

75W494 

8 

354 

1 13 

1.19 

75W496 

8% 

4 

15 

2.50 

75W499 

8% 

4%  1 

Rubberset  White- 
wash Brush 
Gray  Russian 
Bristles.  White 
outside.  Long 
and  full.  Leath- 
er bound.  No 
better  whitewash 
brush  made. 


15  I $2.50 
1P>  1 3.25 


25 


Graining  is  easy  and  interesting.  See  graining  tools  page  23 


Painters’  and  Decorators’  Tools  and  Supplies 


Camels’  Hair  Lettering  Pencils 

Camel’s  Hair  Square  Shaders  or 
Lettering  Pencils.  .Made  in  France. 
' Finest  quality  hair  in  quills.  Lengths 
of  hair,  44,  I,  1*4  and  iy2  inches, 
i Weight,  1 ounce. 

1 Si/e,  4 C S 12 

75W401— Each.  . 8c  10c  13c  19c 


Camels’  Hair  Striping  Pencils 

Camel’s  Hair,  Square  Liners  and 
Striping  pencils.  In  quills.  Finest 
French  quality.  Length  ol  hair,  2 
inches.  Weight,  1 ounce. 

Sizes  2 4 0 8 

75W402 — Each  ...5c  8c  10c  14c 

Camels’  Hair  Water  Color 
Brushes 

Tin  ferrules,  polished  handles, 
round.  Weight,  2 ounces. 

Bristles  Each 

75W430 — Size  1.  3/16-inch 5c 

75W431  — Size  2.  -U  -inch 5c 

75W432 — Size  3.  5/16-inch 5c 

75W433 — Size  4.  l/2  -inch 6c 

75W434 — Size  5.  fi-  inch 6c 

75W435 — Size  6.  44-inch 6c 


Ox  Hair  Riggers 

Ox  Hair  Riggers  for  Sign  Writers. 
Square  points.  Nickel  ferrules.  Long 
handles. 

75  W406— Weight,  2 ounces. 

Size  2.  1 inch  Bristles 5c 

Size  4.  1 1/16-inch  Bristles 7c 

Size  6.  lJ4-inch  Bristles 9c 


Camels’  Hair  Dagger  Striper 

For  carriage  work.  Finest  quality 
hair.  The  best  striping  tool  made. 
Length  of  hair,  1*4  to  2 % inches. 
Weight,  1 ounce. 

Sizes  0 1 2 3 

75W408— Each  . lie  12c  13c  14c 


3KE 


Marking  Brushes 

Camel’s  Hair  Marking  Brushes. 

Long  handles.  Maroon  polished. 
Weight,  1 ounce. 

Sizes  1 2 3 4 

Bristles,  inches % 44  44  1 

75W418— Each  4c  5c  6c  7c 

White  Bristle  Marking  Brushes. 

Sizes  2 4 0 

Bristles,  inches >4  1 1*4 

75W4I9 — Each  . . . 3c  4c  6c 


Flat  Sign  Writers’  Brushes 

Exceptionally  fine  quality  Russian 
ox  hair.  Chiseled  edge.  Nickel  fer- 
rules. Weight,  2 ounces. 

Width  *4  44  1 

Bristles,  inches  1 VA  1 3/16 

75W412—  Each  20c  30c  35c 

Black  Sal  le  Sign  Writers’  Brushes 
Weight,  2 ounces. 

Width  '/2  44  1 

Bristles,  inches  44  1 1 A 

75W413 — Each  32c  37c  42c 


Sign  Writers’  Stroke  Brush 

Fine  quality  ox  hair.  Square 
points.  Nickel  ferrule.  For  water  or 
oil  colors.  An  excellent  brush  for  the 
sign  writer.  Weight,  2 ounces. 

Width  '/i  1 • 44  i 

Bristles,  inches...  *4  1 1 '4  1*4 

75W416  -Each  ..9c  20c  28c  35c 


Card  Writers’  Brushes 

Fine  quality,  genuine  camel’s  hair. 
Nickel  ferrule.  Weight,  2 ounces. 

2 I I’,  g M 

Bristles,  inches  44  1 Vi  1 V4  1*4 

75W422  Each  6c  8c  10c  12c  15c 


Black 

bristles  set  in  rubber. 


Article 

Numbei 

V </J 

CJ  £ 

E U 
•-.£ 

Bristles 

inches 

Wci^hi 

ounces 

73 

a 

U 

75W731 

i 

D4 

•2 

15c 

75W732 

i y4 

H4 

3 

20c 

75W733 

l'A 

1 44 

4 

25c 

Stencil  Brush 

Fine  white 

;_J  Bristles. 

Softer  and 
longer  than  75W731. 


Glue  Brush  Rubberset 

All  gray  bristles.  Brass  bound. 
Length  of  bristles,  2XA  inches. 
75W754 — Weight,  3 ounces. 

Price  18c 


Wire  Brush. 


Wire  Brushes 


Tempered  Steel 
To  remove  hard  sur- 
faces from  metal,  glass  or  wood. 
Size,  2*^x7  inches.  Length  of  bris- 
tles, 144  inches. 

75W760 — Weight,  16  ounces. 

Each  20c 


Curved  Back 
Wire  Brush 

Cuts  rapidly  Used  instead  of 
sandpaper.  Size,  2^x7  inches. 
Length,  of  bristles,  iy$  inches. 
75W762 — Weight,  16  ounces. 

Each  . . • . 29c 


IIIIIIHIIIHIIII  Scratch  Brush 

Long  Handled.  Very  effective  for 
getting  at  crevices,  grooves  and  cor- 
ners. For  removing  rust,  paint  or  any 
discolorations  on  stone  or  brick. 
Width,  1 inch.  Length  of  brush,  0*4 
inches.  Length  with  handle,  14 
inches.  Length  of  bristles,  1 % inches. 
75W763 — Weight,  7 ounces.  Each.. 15c 


Wire  Brush 

>ni  mi  Shoe  handle  wire 
SHSffl®  brush.  Size,  1x5  inches. 
Length,  with  handle,  10  inches. 
Length  of  bristles,  \'/2  inches. 

75W764 — Weight,  5 ounces. 

Each  19c 


Wire  Duster 


For  use  on  mold- 

ings,  crevices,  cracks. 

Size,  1 *4*2*4  inches.  Length  of  bris- 
tles, 2l/2  inches.  Length  with  the 
handle,  9 inches. 

75W766 — Weight,  6 ounces.  Each.. 15c 


Paint  Pot  Hook 

For  hanging  paint 
bucket  from  ladders. 
Made  of  steel  wire,  tinned. 

75W741  —Weight.  1 ounce.  Each.  3c 


Ruled 
Straight- 
edge 

Alaae  as  true  as  a straightedge  can 
be  made.  Made  of  five  pieces,  with 
hard  maple  on  outer  edges.  An  ex- 
cellent straightegde.  \\  eight,  about 
5 pounds. 

75W830 — Length,  C feet.  Each.. 55c 
75W831 — Length,  7 feet.  Each.  .65c 
75W832 — Length.  8 feet.  Each,  ,80c 


Article 

Number 

Diameter 

inches 

Bristles 

inches 

Wei  Rh  t 

ounces 

Each 

75W726 

% 

VA 

2 

18c 

75W727 

i 

i */-> 

3 

22c 

75W728 

Vh 

4 

35c 

Built-Up 
Paste 
gffik  Board 

Made  of  J4-*nch  thick  clear  white 
wood.  Tongued,  grooved  and  glued, 
to  prevent  dishing.  Three  hinges. 
Width,  open,  22  inches;  folded,  11 
inches.  Average  weight.  15  pounds. 
Article 
Number 
75W821 
75W822 
75W823 

Paperhangers 
Folding  Trestle 

A substan- 
tial trestle. 

Made  of 
maple.  Size, 
folded,  244x 
244x41  inches  ; 
height,  adjust- 
able from  30  to  3444  inches.  Paste 
board  not  included.  Light,  but 
strong.  Shipping  weight,  6 pounds. 
75W820 — Per  pair  85c 


steel. 

put 


Ladder  Jacks 

Made  of  best  grade 
1.  The  more  you 
on  it  the  tighter 
it  draws.  Ship, 
ping  weight, 
per  pair,  20 
pounds. 
175W970 — 
Price,  per 
pair  ..  . *2.15 


Adjustable  Ladder 
Hook 

Made  of  steel.  Will 
fit  any  ladder.  Hook 
drops  over  ridge  mak- 
ing roof  work  safe. 
Every  property  owner 
should  have  one  as  it  is 
handy  for  making  roof 
repairs.  Size,  width, 
2 inches ; thickness.  J4 
inch.  Shipping  weight, 
244  pounds. 

75W972— Price  ...,30c 


Light  weight,  but  strong.; 
Made  of  white-wood  with 
lees  supported  by  steel  braces.  Has 
place  at  side  for  straightedge  and 
tools,  which  are  not  included.  Width 
open,  22  inches;  folded,  11  inches. 
Shipping  weight,  23  pounds. 

75  W8 18—  Length,  7 feet. 

Each  $3.00 

75W819 — Length,  8 feet. 

Each  $3.20 


Sturdy 
Step  Ladder 
with  Shelf 

Each  step 
i s strongly 
rein  forced 
with  a steel 
rod  under- 
neath. Extra 
quality. 

Made  of  best 
seasoned 
pine.  Malleable  iron  top  bracket. 


Stage  Hooks 

Made  of  hand  forged 
steel.  Width,  2 inches, 
thickness,  y2  inch. 

175W974 — Inside  length  of 
circle,  29  inches.  Price,  per 

Pair  *2.50 

175W975 — Inside  length  of 
circle,  39  inches.  Price,  per 

pay,  $3.00 

Shipping  weights,  per  pair,  35  and 
40  pounds. 


Roof  Bracket 

Made  of  malleable 
steel  casting  with 
socket  in  which  the 
point  of  the  stage 
hook  is  secure.  For 
use  only  on  shingle 
roofs.  Does  away  en- 
tirely with  nailing 
cleats  on  the  roof.  Se- 
cure, handy  and  will 
not  injure  the 
roof.  Shipping 
weight,  214 
- - - pounds. 

T5W976 — Price,  each  $0.39 

Per  set  of  six  . 2.20 


Trestle  Ladder 

Made  of  se- 
lected pine. 
Steps  have  a 
double  steel 
brace  spaced 
for  a 12-inch 
plank.  Ship- 
ping weight, 
per  foot,  about 
3 pounds.  • 


Article  Number 

Length 

! Each 

186W2230  

5 feet 

$0.93 

186W2231  

6 feet 

1.10 

186W2232  

S feet 

1.50 

186W2233  

10  feet 

1.90 

Article 

Number 


Length 


186W2201|  5 feet 

186W2202)  6 feet 

186W2203I  8 feet 

186W2204)  10  feet 


Weight 


15  pounds 
20  pounds 
28  pounds 
_35pounds 


Each 


$0.75 
.90 
1.20 
1 90 


Paddle  for 
^Mixing  Paint 

Made  of  malleable  iron.  Length, 
15  inches. 

75W742 — Weight,  10  ounces. 

Each  6c 


n 


33 


Painters’  Handy  Outfit 

OUTFIT Everything  You  Need  for 

No.  1 Painting  House  or  Barn 

A good  assortment  of  brushes  and  ac- 
cessories for  house  or  barn  painting.  Ex- 
tra good  quality. 

Outfit  Consists  of: 

1 Flat  chiseled  sash  brush.  Black  china 
bristles.  Width.  44  inch.  Length  of 
bristles,  144  inches. 

1 Flat  chiseled  sash  brush.  Black  china 
bristles.  Width,  1 inch.  Length  of 
bristles,  144  inches. 

Rubberset  paint  brush.  Black  china 
Length  of  bristles,  244  inches. 

Width,  3 inches.  Length  of  bristles, 
Steel,  tin  coated. 


bristles.  Width,  3 'A  inches. 

1 Black  china  bristle  paint  brush. 

2-44  inches.  1 Paint  pot  hook 
1 Paint  paddle.  Malleable  iron. 

1 Extra  quality  steel  blade  putty  knife.  4 pounds  putty. 
175W743  Shipping  weight.  6 pounds.  Outfit,  complete... 


Extension 

Work 

Plank 

Adjustable  to  different  lengths. 

Made  of  pine,  light  and  strong.  Width, 
1144  inches.  Thickness,  144  inches. 
186W2236 — Size,  6 to  11  feet.  Weight, 

30  pounds.  Each  $1.89 

186W2237 — Size,  8 to  15  feet.  Weight, 
35  pounds.  Each  *2.94 


Extension  Ladder 

Selected  Norway 
pine.  Hickory  rungs. 
186W2206  — Size,  2S 
feet.  Sections,  16  and 
12  feet.  Shipping  wt., 
84  pounds.  Each,  $3.55 
186W2208  — Size,  34 
feet.  Sections,  18  and 
16  feet.  Shipping  wt., 
112  pounds. 

Each  $4,42 


$1.33 


Rope  Extension  Ladder 
JL  Sides  are  pine ; hick- 
ory rungs.  Double  rol- 
ler top  irons.  Rope  and 
windlass.  Self  locking 
hook. 

186W2215  — Size.  32 
feet.  Sections,  16  feet. 
Shipping  weight,  80 
pounds.  Each.  ..  $5.44 
186W2216  — Size.  36 
feet.  Sections,  18  feet. 
Shinping  weight.  90 
pounds.  Each ....  $6. 12 
186W2217  — Size,  *0 
Sections,  20  feet.  Shipping 
100  pounds.  Each $6.80 


=*J\ 


26 


Let  us  help  you  decorate.  Write  for  our  Free  Wall  Paper  Book. 


Paperhangers’  and  Painters’  Tools  and  Supplies 


Wheel  Knife 

A patent  device  keeps 

the  paste  off  the  knife, 

leaving  it  clean  and  sharp  at  all  times. 
2 inch  blade.  Weight,  packed,  4 
ounces. 

75W806  Each  42c 

Trimmer  and  Paper  Knife 
Combined 

| Made  of 

polished  steel. 
Diameter  of  cutting  wheel, 
1 y*  inches.  Length  of  knife,  l'A 
inches.  A good  corner  knife.  Ship- 
ping weight,  5 ounces. 

75W809  La/:  35c 


illag 


Wheel  Knife 

lias  straight 

edge  shoulder 

on  each  side.  2 inch  polished  steel 

blade.  Shipping  weight,  3 ounces. 

76W310  -Mach  20c 

Wheel  Knife 

Cuts  the 
heaviest  goods 
such  as  Lin- 

crustas  or  Pressed  Pap 
and  leaves  a clean  edge. 

Blade  diameter  2 inches. 

Heavily  nickel  plated.  Metal  handle 
shaped  to  fit  the  hand.  Shipping 
weight,  S ounces. 

75W811— Price  36c 


Butting 
Knife 

Best  quality  steel 
square  point  butting  knife.  Cocobola 
handle.  iSA  inch  blade.  Shipping 
weight,  5 ounces. 

75W812— Each  12c 


Nickel  plated.  Laid  steel 
blades.  Enameled  handle. 

Shipping  weight,  about  15  ounces. 

75W815 — 10  inch.  Each 55c 

75W816 — 12  inch.  Each 68c 

75W817 — 14  inch.  Each 95c 


The  M-W  Wall  Paper  Trimmer 

With  Brass  Bound  Straightedge 

Do  Your  Own  Papering  and  Save  Over  Half  the  Cost 

The  big  job  in  paper- 
ing a room  is  trimming 
the  paper,  but  by  using 
this  remarkable  trim- 
mer, the  big  job  is  a 
little  one.  Not  a min- 
ute’s experience  is  nec- 
essary ; simply  lay  the 
straightedge  that  goes 
with  the  trimmer  (and 

included  with  the  price)  on 
the  paper  with  the  zinc  strip 
under  the  paper,  and  push  it 
across.  This  outfit  is  made 
exclusively  for  us,  and  bears 
_ our  name  which  assures  you 
of  its  great  merit.  Made  of  steel  nicely  nickel  plated.  Will  cut  several 
thicknesses  of  paper.  The  rotary  cutting  blade  made  of  the  best  tool  steel, 
diameter,  2 inches.  Will  last  a lifetime.  The  straightedge  is  made  of  sev- 
eral different  kinds  of  wood  to  prevent  warping.  Bound  with  brass.  Has 
an  accurate  scale  which  enables  you  to  measure  paper  while  cutting. 
Shipping  weight,  J)  pounds. 

75W827 — 6-ft.  Straightedge,  trimmer  and  zinc  strip.  Each $2.95 

75W828 — 7- ft.  Straightedge,  trimmer  and  zinc  strip.  Each 3.10 


Length 

Width 

Article 

of  blade 

of  point 

Number 

inches 

inches 

75W848 

6 

i i 

75W849 

8 

l'A  1 

75W850 

10 

\'A 

Maple 

Seam  Roller 


Mas  l}i  inch  oval  face, 
two-piece  frame.  Shipping  weight,  5 
ounces. 

75W834 — Each  12c 

Hardwood 
Seam  Roller 

Has  1 14  inch  face.  Shipping  weight 
4 ounces. 

75W833— Each  10c 

Smoothing 
Roller 

A very  satisfactory 
Roller.  Cloth  covered. 
Width,  8 inches.  Ship- 
ping weight,  1 pound  1 
ounce. 

75W835— Each  39c 


Paper  Hangers’ 
Paste  Brush 


For  the  profes- 
sional Paperhanger, 
or  for  anyone  de- 
siring a practical 
and  durable  paste  brush.  Good  qual- 
ity gray  Russian  bristles.  Galvanized 
iron  band.  Varnished  handle.  Width, 
7 l/2  inches.  Length  of  bristles,  4^4 
inches.  Weight,  18  ounces. 

75W776— Each  $1.48 

Paperhangers*  or 
Bill  Posters* 
Paste  Brush 
e Width,  1V2 
inches.  Length, 
of  bristles,  _ 3 XA 
inches.  Weight, 
17  ounces. 
52c 


75W780— Each 


Finest  quality  flexible  Spatula.  A 
handy  article  around  the  kitchen  as 
well  as  for  painter’s  use.  Finely  tem- 
pered, flexible  blade.  Ebony  handle. 


Weight 

ounces 


Each 


10 


22c 

35c 

58c 


Putty  Knife 


Finest  quality  Putty  and  Glaziers* 
Knife.  Walnut  handle  securely  riv- 
eted. Elastic  bevel  point  blade. 

Length  of  steel  blade,  3l/2  inches. 
Width,  1 y*  inches.  Weight,  6 ounces. 

75W840 — -Each  17c 

Same  as  75W840  except  with 
square  point  and  stiff  blade. 

75W841— Each  15c 

Good  grade  Putty  Knife,  Zl/2  inch 
stiff  steel  blade.  Square  point. 
Width,  llA  inch.  Maple  handle,  se- 
curely riveted.  Weight,  6 ounces. 
75W842— Each  10c 


Scraping  Knife 


Finest  quality 
tempered  steel 
blade.  Length  of 
blade  Al/2  inches.  Width,  3 inches. 
Cocoa  handle  with  steel  bolster. 
75W845 — -Weight,  0 ounces.  Each  33c 


Plain  Handle  Scraping  Knife 

A good,  practical,  low-priced 
scraper.  Length  of  steel  blade.  3 
inches.  Width,  2x/2  inches.  Maple 
handle,  securely  riveted.  Weight,  6 
ounces. 

75W846— Each  19c 

Wall  Scraping  Knife,  stiff  blade. 
Beechwood  handle.  Length  of  blade, 
3%  inches.  _ Width  of  point,  31/£> 
inches.  Weight,  8 ounces. 

75W847— Each  8c 


Unbleached  Cheese  Cloth 

Used  by  the  painter  for  cleaning 
off  paint  or  for  oil  rubbing.  Also 
used  for  covering  rough  walls  before 
papering.  For  protecting  hotbed 
plants  against  frost.  For  dust  cloths 
and  comforter  coverings.  Width, 
about  36  inches. 

17W7205— Unbleached  Cheese  Cloth. 
Weight,  10  yards,  about  44  pound. 

Per  yard 2l/2c 

17W7210 — Better  quality  than  above. 
Weight,  10  yards,  about  1 pound. 

Per  yard  4c 

17W7214 — Same  as  above,  but  best 
quality.  Weight,  10  yards,  about  ll/2 
pounds.  Per  yard 5c 

Unbleached  Sponges 

These 
sponges  are 
the  genuine 
sheep  wool 
sponges,  thor- 
\ o u g h 1 y 
cleaned 
through- 
out, having 
their  native 
toughness  and 
wearing  qual- 
ity unaffected 

by  chemical  treatment. 

Article  No.  Wt.  about  Price 

53W4760— 3’A  ounces  $1.50 

53W4761 — 3 ounces  125 

53W4762— 2 Vi  ounces  1.10 

53W4763 — 13£  ounces 75 

53W4764 — 1^4  ounces 50 

63W4765 — yA  ounce 25 


Industrial  Tar  Soap 


53W2051 — 12  cakes  ..45c 

Shipping  weight,  per  dozen,  6 pounds. 

A highly  desirable,  vegetable  oil 
tar  soap.  Excellent  for  taking  grease 
and  paint  off  painters’  hands.  Sells 
for  10c  per  cake. 

Pumice  Hand  Soap 


Serviceable  Denim 

Overall  or  Jacket 

Strongly  Sewed — Reasonably  Priced 


73c 


Stifel’s  Blue  Striped  Overall 

Sizes — Waist,  30  to  44  inches;  in- 
seam, 30  to  36  inches. 
42W5669 — Durable  medium  weight, 
Stifel’s  blue  and  gray  stripe  Denim. 
A tough,  wear-resisting  material.  Two 
seam  style,  wide  bib.  High  back. 
Combination  watch  and  pencil  pocket, 
button  side  openings,  and  fly  front, 
pockets.  Continuous,  reinforced  two- 
button  side  openings,  and  fly  front. 
Detachable  elastic  inserted  suspend- 
ers. Considering  the  present  high 
prices  of  denims  these  overalls  offer 
you  a big  value.  Average  weight, 
about  l'A  pounds. 


73c 


Stifel’s  Blue  Striped  Jacket 

Sizes — Chest,  36  to  46  inches. 
42W5665 — Made  from  Stifel’s  blue 
and  gray  stripe,  medium  weight  Den- 
im. Three-seam  style.  Double 
stitched  seams.  Four  pockets  as 
shown,  one  is  combination  watch  and 
pencil  pocket.  Detachable  brass  but- 
tons. Continuous,  reinforced  cuff 
openings.  If  you  have  painting,  pa- 
per hanging,  or  general  all  around 
work  to  do,  you  will  find  this  well 
made  jacket  will  answer  every  pur- 
pose. Average  length.  30  inches.  Av- 
erage weight,  44  pound. 


53W2050 — Six  cakes  25c 

12  cakes  48c 

Shipping  weight,  6 cakes,  2 pounds. 

Easily  removes  stains,  grease  and 
dirt.  Very  desirable  in  the  kitchen, 
workshop  or  factory. 

F-l-a-s-h  Cleaner 

53W2093 — 1 can..  9c 

3 cans  for 24c 

Shipping  weight, 

each,  1 pound. 

A wonderful  cleanser.  Used  by 
painters,  motorists,  machinists,  me- 
chanics, as  well  as  being  a very  de- 
sirable kitchen  accessory.  Quickly 
removes  obstinate  ercnsi-  stains. 


Jewel 

Hand  Cleaner 

None  better  for 
painter  or  me- 
chanic. Removes 
paint,  grease  or 
dirt  without  in- 
jury to  the  hands. 
Made  of  vegetable 
oil  and  pumice 
stone,  chemically 
blended  and  deli- 
cately scented.  Shipping  weight,  1 
pound. 

61W5525 — Per  can  8c 


Tjlcjilgom'iyll'a’id 


27 


Use  Coverall  Paint  for  protection  against  decay. 


Interior  Decorating  Material 


Decorate  your  dining 
room,  transoms,  doors 
and  bathroom  windows 
with  our  Stained  Glass 
Paper.  It  will  make 
your  plain  glass  win- 
dows look  like  real 
Stained  Glass.  The  ef- 
fect is  most  beautiful 
and  artistic. 

This  Glass  Paper 
takes  the  place  of  cur- 
tains. It  keeps  out  the 
rays  of  the  sun  and  at 
the  same  time  lets  in 
the  light  with  the  most 
cheerful  effect.  It  can 
be  made  to  fit  any 
shape  or  size  of  glass. 

Some  of  the  reasons 
why  our  Stained  Glass 
Paper  is  preferable  to 
Stained  Glass: 

1st — It  does  not  cost 
one-tenth  as  much. 

2nd — The  richness  of 
color  is  superior  to  the  average  stained  glass  window. 

3rd — The  colors  are  so  blended  that  they  harmonize 
more  perfectly  than  in  stained  glass. 

4th — The  brilliant  rays  of  the  sun  passing  through 
stained  glass  are  at  times  very  annoying.  Not  so  with 
our  Stained  Glass  Paper,  yet  it  admits  the  light  perfectly. 

5th — You  cut  our  Stained  Glass  Paper  to  fit  any  size 
or  shape  of  window.  It  is  splendid  for  vestibule  doors, 
side  lights,  and  transoms.  For  bathrooms  it  is  much 
better  than  curtains.  Excellent  for  back  windows  that 
have  an  unpleasant  outlook. 

Not  affected  by  heat  or  cold.  May  be  washed. 

Will  last  many  years. 


Any  size  Window  or  Door  Glass 
may  be  covered  with  this  paper 
The  above  shows  Design  76W723^ 
in  red  and  black;  with  76W725 
Border,  in  red.  blue  and  black; 
and  No.  7GW773  Corner,  in  red, 
blue  and  black. 


Stained  Glass  Paper 


Lace  Design  76W 
783.  Border  Design, 
76W785.  Corner  De- 
sign, 76W787.  A re- 
markably close  imi- 
tation of  lace  cur- 
tains. 


Design  76W761 

shown  above,  with 
76W725  Border,  and 
76W773  Corners.  In 
three  colors — red, 
blue,  or  yellow. 


These  patterns  have  a white  background,  except 
7CW773,  which  has  a red  background. 

76W783 — White  lace  effect. 

76W785 — Border — White  lace  effect. 

76W787 — Corner — White  lace  effect. 

76W761 — Red  squares.  Black  lines. 

76W767 — Green  squares.  Black  lines. 

76W781 — -Yellow  squares.  Black  lines. 

76W707  and  7GW781  differ  from  76W761  only 
in  coloring. 

7GW765 — Red,  blue  and  black. 

76W763 — Stipple  stone.  Red  and  blue. 

76W769 — -Yellow,  red  and  blue. 

76W771 — Green,  red  and  blue. 


Design  76W775, 

shown  above  with 
7GW792  Border 
mitred  at  corner.  In 
three  colors — red, 
blue,  and  black.  For 
other  colors,  see  price 
list. 


Design  76W765. 

shown  above,  with 
7<iW789  Border  and 
7GW791  Corner.  In 
three  colors — red, 
blue  and  black.  For 
other  colors,  see  price 
list. 


76W7G3,  76W769,  76W771  differ  from  76W765 
only  in  coloring. 

76W775— Red,  blue  and  black. 

76W779— Blue,  red  and  black. 

76W777 — Green,  red  and  black. 

76W779  and  76W777  differ  from  76W775  only 
in  coloring. 

Our  Stained  Glass  Paper  is  in  sheets  or  sec- 
tions. 8%xS%  inches.  Two  sheets  will  cover  one 
square  foot  of  glass.  Order  by  number,  stating 
the  border  you  wish.  Any  pattern  furnished 
with  or  without  border. 

Per  sheet,  including  a rubber  and  isinglass  for 
applying  Stained  Glass  Paper 4c 

Very  easy  to  apply, 
about  1 ounce. 


Weight,  per  square  foot, 


Above  76W797  Above  76W798 

Takes  the  place  of  window  shades.  Admits  the 
light  in  a very  pleasing  effect.  For  sash  doors, 
the  glass,  when  covered  with  70W793  (white)  has 
the  appearance  of  a lace  curtain. 

Vitrophanc  will  last  for  many  years.  Will  not 
blister,  peel  or  fade.  Not  a&ected  by  heat  or 
cold.  May  be  cut  to  fit  anv  glass  surface  and 
without  waste.  Easy  to  apply,  anyone  can  put 
it  on. 


Vitrophane 

To  meet  the  demand  for  a transparency  for  the 
decoration  of  windows,  transoms,  and  sash  doors, 
we  list  Vitrophane.  This  is  a tough  paper,  treated 
by  a secret  process,  to  render  it  partially  trans- 
parent. Designed  and  colored  to  imitate  stained 
glass. 

Put  up  in  rolls.  Length,  13  feet  6 inches. 
Width,  18  inches;  containing  20%  square  feet. 
Also  in  half  rolls.  Length,  6 feet  9 inches,  or 
10%  square  feet. 

76W793 — White  lace  effect.  White  lines. 

76W794 — Same  with  diagonals  in  blue. 

76W796 — -Diamonds,  alternating  red  and  green. 
76W797 — Red  Roses,  green  leaves.  Black  lines. 

76W796 — Same  as  76W797  (no  colors).  White 
lines. 

76W798 — Purple  grapes,  green  leaves.  Black  lines. 

Price,  per  full  roll  (20%  square  feet) 60c 

Per  % roll  (10%  square  feet) 30c 

Weight,  per  roll,  12  ounces.  Per  half  roll, 
8 ounces. 

Samples  and  further  information  on  request. 


Prepared  Dyed  Burlap 


Makes  elegant  and  durable  wall  covering  for  sidewalls  or 
wainscoting.  This  quality  has  a filled  backing  which  gives  sup- 
port and  strength  to  the  goods.  Hang  it  same  as  wall  paper. 
Made  in  plain  colors  only.  Samples  furnished  on  request.  Width 
3G  inches.  Weight,  per  yard,  about  one  pound. 


76W760  -Golden  Brown.  Per  yard. 
76W762 — Dark  Brown.  Per  yard... 

76W764 — Green.  Per  yard 

78W766  Red.  Ter  yard 


Varnished  Tile  Paper 

In  a design  imitating  white  glazed  tile  that  is 
so  popular  for  bath  rooms,  kitchens  and  halls. 
When  soiled  it  may  be  wiped  off  with  a damp 
cloth  without  injury  to  the  paper.  This  pattern 
comes  in  two  colors,  all  white  with  blue  lines  or 
all  white  with  green  lines.  Width  of  scenic  bor- 
der, G inches. 

76W698 — Blue  line  sidewall.  Per  roll 22c 

76W3699 — Blue  Border.  Per  yard lc 

76W700 — Blue  Ceiling.  Per  roll 22c 

76W701 — Green  line  sidewall.  Per  roll 22c 

76W3701 — Green  Border.  Per  yard lc 

76W711 — Green  Ceiling.  Per  roll 22c 

Shipping  weight,  per  double  roll,  about  two 
pounds.  ' Above  sidewall  and  ceiling  comes  in 
double  rolls  of  1G  yards. 


Pattern  Nos.  76W1  and  76W2 

Fibre  Veneer 

Fibre  veneer  comes  in  various  imitations  of 
wood.  It  looks  like  the  genuine  wood  but  costs 
much  less.  The  grain  is  printed  in  permanent 
oil  colors  on  heavy  paper.  Used  extensively  for 
walls  of  dining  rooms,  halls  and  other  places,  also 
for  floors,  where  natural  woods  are  to  be  imitated. 
Applied  with  paste  like  wall  paper.  When  dry  it 
may  be  given  a coat  of  shellac  or  varnish.  Few 
people  can  distinguish  it  from  the  genuine  wood 
it  imitates.  If  used  on  a floor  where  cracks  are 
open,  we  recommend  to  first  cover  the  floor  with 
unbleached  cotton  cloth.  Tack  the  cloth  about  an 
inch  from  the  baseboard,  covering  the  entire  floor 
and  stretch  it  as  tightly  as  possible.  Then  apply 
two  coats  of  ordinary  paste  to  the  back  of  the 
veneer  allowing  the  first  coat  to  soak  a few  min- 
utes before  the  second  is  applied.  Then  lay  it 
over  the  cloth-covered  floor.  Carpet  felt  or  build- 
ing paper  is  also  used  successfully  as  a lining  for 
fibre  veneer.  Fibre  veneer  on  floors  makes  an 
ideal  border  around  rugs. 

Put  up  in  S-yard  rolls.  Width,  36  inches.  A 
roll  will  cover  72  square  feet.  Samples  furnished 
on  request. 

76W1 — Quartered  oak,  light. 

76W2 — Quartered  oak,  dark. 

76W3— Plain  oak.  light. 

76W4 — Plain  oak,  dark. 

76W15 — Plain  grain  mahogany. 

76W17 — Circassian  Walnut. 

Per  8-yard  roll $0.65 

Per  lG-yard  roll 1.25 

Shipping  weight,  per  8 yard  roll,  2%  pounds. 


28 


Coverall  House  Paint  is  remarkable  for  covering  capacity  and  durability. 


Tflmlgemttylliald 


The  General  Purpose  Wall  Board  tsauupeesrbthe  S ofuSl 

and  plaster  and  can  be  put  up  quicker,  more  economically  and  with- 
out any  muss  or  dirt. 

Plain  Mill  Finish,  Green,  Golden  Oak  or 
Oi  P inisnes  Natural  Oak.  The  Mill  Finish  is  a tan  color 
and  the  reverse  side  of  each  of  these  finishes  is  a Light  Cream,  which  is 
also  suitable  for  a temporary  wall  finish.  These  five  finishes  offer 
almost  unlimited  possibilities  in  decorative  effects,  either  in  combina- 
tion or  singly.  Can  be  painted,  calcimined,  or  decorated  in  other  ways. 

Uses  of  Superb  Wall  Board  Arlan's!11  ^VvsJnf 

plaster,  for  repair  work,  for  attics,  basements,  summer  cottages, 
garages,  poultry  houses ; for  inside  sheathing,  etc. 

Any  man  who  has  the  knack  of  doing  little  odd  jobs  around  the 
house  will  find  many  practical  uses  for  Superb  Wall  Eoard.  Here 
are  a few  suggestions : panels,  shelving,  partitions,  drawer  bottoms, 
drawing  boards,  mirror  backing,  shirtwaist  boxes,  and  closets. 

PTactr  f-n  Annlrr? Vps  The  man  w^°  knows  h°w  to  handle  a 

rhaSy  to  iAppiy  . I es  saw  ancj  drive  nails  is  already  an  expert 
with  Superb  Wall  Board.  Complete  easy  instructions  are  furnished 
with  every  order.  Wall  Board  comes  in  convenient  lengths  and  two 
widths,  32  inches  or  48  inches.  Put  on  with  ordinary  bung  head  or 
flat  head,  4-penny  nails. 

ForSsampie1  Prices  of  Superb  Wall  Board 


Construction  of 
Superb  Wall 
Board 

Superb  Wall 
Board  is  composed 
of  four  layers  of 
heavy  fibre  board 
joined  together  by 
a permanent  adhe- 
sive. The  improved 
process  of  manufac- 
ture gives  the  fin- 
ished product  a 
high  degree  of 
toughness  and 
strength,  with  just 
enough  pliability  to 
make  it  easy  to 
handle  and  apply. 
Treated  with  a 
prime  coating  com- 
pound which  acts 
as  a sizing  coat, 
making  the  board 
ready  for  decoration 
without  any  further 
sizing. 


’'vpir,  F,nish  km 25 

If 

& X2?  eft 


Send 

For  Sample 


Price 

Gold’nOak 
Finish 
Per  Sheet 
278W2532 


Natural 
Oak 
Finish 
per  sheet 
278W2533 


Shipping 

Weight 

Per 

Sheet 

Pounds 


Price 
Green 
Finish 
Per  Sheet 
278W253I 


Price 
Mill 
Finish 
Per  Sheet 
278W2530 


Nu  mber 
Square 
Feet  per 
Sheet 


Width 

of 

Sheet 

Inches 


Length 

of 

Sheet 

feet 


Oak  Finishes 
not  furnished 
in  48  - inch 
widths. 


Shipped  from  factory  in  Northern  Illinois. 


Superb  Panel  Strips 
Yellow  Pine  or 
Oak,  thickness,  5/16 
inch;  width,  1 in. 
Weight,  per  100  feet, 
about  18  pounds. 

278W2536  — Yellow 
Pine,  per  100  lineal 
feet  54c 

278W2537— Plain  Red 
Oak  per  100  lineal 

feet  $1.25 

Shipped  with  Wall 
Board. 


Superb  Wall  Tape 
Gummed  strips  of 
tough  fibre  pap  e r, 
W2  inches  wide.  Mill 
finish  only.  Weight, 
per  100  feet  12 
ounces. 

278W2535 — 

Per  roll  of  100  lineal 

feet  15c 

Per  roll  of  500  lineal 

feet  65c 

Shipped  with  Wall 
Board  or  from  our 
store.  Allow  for  Par- 
cel Post. 


Superb  Crack  Filler 

Used  to  fill  cracks 
between  the  sheets  of 
Superb  Wall  Board  to 
give  a fiat  surface  for 
painting  or  decorat- 
ing, as  desired. 

278W2534— 

1-pound  can... $0.23 
5-pound  can...  .90 
10-pound  can...  1.62 
20-pound  can...  2.70 

Shipped  with  Wall 
Board. 


A hammer  and 
saw  are  all  the  tools 
you  need.  Use 
ordinary  wire  nails. 


The  illustrations  show  how  easy  it  is  to  apply 
Superb  Wall  Board,  and  also  gives  vou  an  idea 
of  the  pleasing  decorative  effects  that  may  be  obtained. 


,1  i 

1 I l 

I f j » 5 

! : 

k | 

Wood  Preservative  (see  page  16)  makes  fence  posts  last  three  times  as  long. 


29 


When  Re-Painting,  It’s  a Good  Time  to  Think  of  Window  Shades 


Plain  Imperial  Cloth  Window  Shades. 
Width,  36  inches.  Not  made  wider.  Made 
of  the  best  water-color  goods.  Mounted  on 
dust-proof,  self-acting  spring  rollers.  Each 
size  in  light  olive,  dark  olive,  buff,  nile 
green  or  dark  green.  State  color  wanted. 


Number 

1 Length 

Shipping 

weight 

Price 

each 

72W3COO 

1 6 feet 

About  1% 

pounds 

26c 

72W3601 

1 7 feet 

About  2 

pounds 

29c 

mmmw 


iwW 


‘ - - 


Plain  Machine-Made,  Oil  Opaque  Cloth 
Window  Shades.  Width,  36  inches.  Not 
made  wider.  Best  quality  of  machine-made 
oil  opaque  shade  cloth,  mounted  on  dust- 
proof,  self-acting  spring  rollers.  Each  size 
in  dark  green,  dark  olive  or  light  buff.  State 
color  wanted. 


372W3602 — Length,  0 feet.  Width,  cut  nar- 
rower than  lid  inches.  Shipping  weight, 
each,  not  over  1%  pounds.  Price,  each.. 30c 
372W3603 — Length,  7 feet.  Width,  cut  nar- 
row rr  than  3d  inches.  Shipping  weight, 
each,  not  over  2 pounds.  Price,  each.... 33c 


Fringed  Imperial  Cloth  Window  Shades. 
Width,  36  inches.  Not  made  wider.  Made 
of  best  quality  water-color  shade  cloth  and 
finished  with  attractive  4-inch  fringe. 
.Mounted  on  dust-proof,  self-acting  spring 
rollers.  Each  size  in  light  buff,  dark  green 
or  dark  olive.  State  color  wanted. 


Number 

| Length | Shipping 

weight 

Price 

72W3610 

1 6 feet 

About  1%  pounds 

33c 

72W3611 

1 7 feet 

About  2 

pounds 

35c 

372W3612 — Length,  G feet.  Width,  cut  nar- 
rower than  3d  inches.  Shipping  weight, 
each,  not  over  1%  pounds.  Price,  each.. 36c 
372W3613 — Length,  7 feet.  Width,  cut  nar- 
rower than  3G  inches.  Shipping  weight, 
--nil,  ret  fiver  2 pounds.  Price,  each.  . . . 39c 


The  Artmode  Machine-Made,  Oil  Opaque  Cloth  Window 
Shades.  Beautiful  style,  trimmed  with  fancy  insertion,  width, 
about  3'A  inches,  in  addition  to  an  ecru  color  heavy  twisted 
fringe,  length,  about  2J4  inches.  Made  of  best  quality  machine- 
made,  oil  opaque  shade  cloth,  and  mounted  on  dustproof,  self- 
acting spring  rollers.  These  shades  cannot  be  cut  down  nar- 
rower than  36  inches,  as  they  are  made  three  scallops  to  this 
width.  Dark  green,  dark  olive  or  light  buff.  State  color  wanted. 


Number 

| Length 

Width 

Shipping 

weight  | 

Each 

72W3660 

| G feet 

36  inches 

About  1%  pounds  1 

73c 

72W3661 

| 7 feet 

3G  inches 

About  2 

pounds  | 

79c 

The  Classic  Machine-Made,  Oil  Opaque  Cloth  Window  Shades. 

Attractive  scalloped  shades,  same  as.  the  Artmode  above,  but 
without  lace  insertion.  Made  from  best  quality  machine-made, 
oil  opaque  shade  cloth  and  mounted  upon  dust-proof,  self-acting 
spring  rollers.  Finished  with  heavy  twisted  ecru  color  fringe, 
length,  about  2J4,  inches.  As  these  shades  are  made  three 
scallops  to  the  width  of  3G  inches  they  cannot  be  cut  down 
narrower.  Dark  green,  dark  olive,  or  light  buff.  State  color. 


Number 

Length 

Width 

Shipping  weight 

Each 

72W3650 

6 feet 

30  inches 

About  1%  pounds 

58c 

72W3651 

7 feet 

3G  inches 

About  2 pounds 

63c 

Above  scalloped  shades  not  made  wider  than  36  inches. 

Made-to-Order  Shades  for  Special  Size  Windows 

Best  hand-made,  oil  opaque  shade  cloth,  mounted  on  dust- 
proof,  self-acting  spring  rollers.  Each  shade  finished  with  eye- 
let through  slat,  and  fitted  with  a mercerized  pull.  State  cor- 
rect width  and  length  of  each  shade,  also  whether  your  mea- 
surements are  width  of  cloth,  _ or  length  of  roller  from  tip  to 
tip.  If  exact  size  of  shade  is  not  shown  on  following  list, 
next  largest  size  will  be  charged  for,  but  the  shade  will  be 
made  the  size  wanted.  Lengths  given  are  for  the  finished 
shade.  Three  or  four  days’  time  is  required  after  receiving 
your  order.  Furnished  in  dark  green,  dark  olive,  light  olive, 
terra  cotta,  or  light  buff.  Order  by  number  372W3710  and 
state  color  and  size  wanted.  These  shades  cannot  be  returned 
or  exchanged  if  sent  as  ordered.  


Number 

1 Length 

Shipping  weight 

Price 

each 

72W3670 

G feet 

About  1%  pounds 

35c 

72W3671 

7 feet 

About  2 pounds 

40c 

372W3672 — Length,  G feet.  Width,  cut  nar- 
rower than  3G  inches.  Shipping  weight, 
each,  not  over  1%  pounds.  Price,  each.. 39c 
372W3673 — Length,  7 feet.  Width,  cut  nar- 
rower than  36  inches.  Shipping  weight, 
each,  not  over  2 pounds.  Price,  each.... 44c 


Fringed  Machine-Made.  Oil  Opaque  Cloth 
Window  Shades.  Width,  36  inches.  Not 
made  wider.  Best  quality  machine-made  oil 
opaque  shade  cloth,  mounted  on  dust-proof, 
self-acting,  spring  rollers.  Has  4-inch 
fringe.  Each  size  in  dark  green,  dark  olive 
or  light  buff.  State  color  wanted. 


Number 

Length 

Shipping 

weight 

Price 

each 

72W3680 

72W3681 

G feet 

7 feet 

About  1%  pounds  I 
About  2 pounds  I 

42c 

47c 

372W3682 — Length.  G feet.  Width,  cut  nar- 
rower than  3G  inches.  Shipping  weight, 

each,  not  over  1%  pounds.  Price,  each.. 46c 
372W3683 — Length,  7 feet.  Width,  cut  nar- 
rower than  3G  inches.  Shipping  weight, 

(•ach.  not  over  2 pounds.  Price,  each...  .51c 


372W3710 — Price,  each,  including  slat,  brackets,  nails  and  pull.  Each  shade  wrapped  separately. 


Width, 

inches  .... 

38 

42 

45 

48 

54 

63 

72 

81 

90 

102 

10S 

120 

Length, 

4 

feet. . . 

$0.45 

$0.59 

$0.69 

$0.79 

$0.89 

$1.28 

$1.79 

$2.18 

$2.49 

$2.64 

$4.19 

$5.85 

Length, 

5 

feet. . . 

.54 

.66 

.78 

.89 

1.08 

1.49 

1.98 

2.49 

2.78 

2.97 

4.68 

6.49 

Length, 

G 

feet. . . 

.59 

.78 

.89 

.98 

1.28 

1.82 

2.32 

2.69 

3.12 

3.28 

4.98 

7.07 

Length, 

7 

feet 

.69 

.87 

.99 

1.09 

1.39 

2.08 

2.76 

2.92 

3.35 

3.60 

5.49 

7.71 

Length, 

8 

feet... 

.77 

.94 

1.12 

1.28 

1.54 

2.24 

2.88 

3.21 

3.64 

3.94 

5.88 

8.15 

Length, 

9 

feet. . . 

.85 

1.17 

1.25 

1.35 

1.68 

2.37 

3.20 

3.65 

3.98 

4.23 

6.39 

8.73 

Length, 

10 

feet. . . 

.94 

1.27 

1.35 

1.48 

1.79 

2.64 

3.45 

3.89 

4.40 

4.64 

6.90 

9.39 

Length, 

11 

feet. . . 

1.04 

1.32 

1.48 

1.59 

1.89 

2.84 

3.47 

4.15 

4.60 

4.86 

7.93 

9.95 

Length, 

12 

feet. . . 

1.12 

1.38 

1.55 

1.69 

1.98 

3.10 

3.98 

4.48 

5.15 

5.25 

8.35 

10.52 

Fringe — If  fringe  is  wanted  on  shades 
372W3710,  add  the  following  prices  extra  to 
the  price  of  each  shade. 

Width,  inches  38  42  45  48  54  G3  72  81 
Each  14c  15c  16c  17c  18c  20c  23c  26c 

Lettering  — Price  for  lettering  window 
shades  with  'shaded  gilt  lettering  is  35c  ex- 
tra per  running  foot  of  letters. 


372W3735 — Bancroft  Sunfast  Holland  Shades  made  to  order.  High-grade 
shades  of  self-striped  shade  cloth,  not  perfectly  opaque  and  cannot  be 
matched  in  color  with  opaque  shades.  Will  not  fade  from  exposure  to  the 
sun.  About  three  days’  time  required  after  receiving  your  order.  White, 
cream,  linen  or  olive  green.  State  color.  Cannot  be  returned  or  exchanged 
if  sent  as  ordered. 

Prices,  each,  including  slat,  brackets  and  nails.  Each  shade  wrapped 
separately.  Order  these  shades  by  number  372W3735. 


Width. 

Inches  | 

32  | 

36  | 

38  | 

42  | 

44 

48 

54  | 

GO 

7- 

Length, 

$0.65 

$0.67 

$0.69  $0,921 

$0.95 

$1.08 

$1.27 

$1.39 

$2.15 

Length, 

5 feet 

.74 

.78 

.81 

1.05| 

1.08 

1.24 

1.42 

1.61 

2.38 

Length, 

0 feet 

.86 

.89 

.94 

1.17] 

1.21 

1.39 

1.59 

1.74 

2.69 

Length, 

7 feet 

1.02 

1.08 

1.10 

1.29 

1.36 

1.54 

1.77 

1.98 

2.89 

1 -ength, 

8 feet 

1.08 

1,16 

1.19 

1.42 

1.49 

1.72 

1.92 

2.19 

3.20 

Length, 

9 feet 

1.22 

1.26 

1.32 

1.681 

1.69 

1.97 

2.18 

2.47 

3.49 

Measuring  for  Special  Size  Made-to-Order  Window  Shades.  When  giving 
width  of  shades  be  sure  to  state  how  measurements  were  taken,  and  whether 
inside  or  outside  brackets  are  wanted.  Otherwise  the  cloth  will  be  cut 
according  to  measurements  given,  and  outside  brackets  will  be  sent.  Inside 
bracket  measure,  for  shades  to  be  hung  between  the  jambs  of  the  window 
frame.  Give  exactly,  in  inches  and  fractions  of  an  inch,  the  exact  distance 
bet wc<  n the  jambs  of  the  window  frame.  Outside  bracket  measure,  for 
shades  to  be  hung  on  the  surface  of  the  window  casing.  Take  measurements 
exactly  from  center  of  jamb  to  center  of  jamb.  State  in  inches  and  fractions 
of  an  inch  the  exact  distance. 


Hand-Made  Duplex  Cloth  Window  Shades.  Very  popular.  Made  with  a 
light  color  on  the  inside  to  brighten  up  your  room,  and  a dark  color  on  the 
outside  to  harmonize  with  the  color  of  the  house.  Best  quality  opaque 
shade  cloth  mounted  on  dust-proof,  self-acting  rollers.  Prices  include  slat, 
brackets  and  nails. 


Number  (Length 

Width 

Color 

Shipping  weight.l 

about  lEach 

72W3720 

72W3721 

72W3722 

72W3723 

6 feet 

6 feet 

7 feet 

7 feet 

38  incites 
38  inches 
38  inches 
38  inches 

Dark  green  and  white 
Dark  olive  and  white 
Dark  green  and  white 
Dark  olive  and  white 

2Vi  pounds 

2Yt  pounds 

2%  pounds 

2*4  pounds 

59c 

59c 

69c 

69c 

372W3730 — Hand-Made  Duplex 
following  sizes  will  be  made 
olive  and  white.  State  color 
returned  or  exchanged  if  sent 
quired.  Qrdef  by  number  371 


Cloth  Window  Shades,  made  to  order.  The 
to  order  in  dark  green  and  white  or  dark 
and  size  wanted.  These  shades  cannot  be 
as  ordered.  About  three  days'  time  is  re- 
W3730. 


Width. 

Inches 

38 

42 

45 

48 

54 

63 

72 

Length, 

4 feet 

$0.49 

$0.65 

$0.74 

$0.85 

$1.00 

$1.31 

$1.92 

Length, 

r>  feet 

.67 

.80 

1.00 

1.10 

1.37 

1.31 

2.23 

Length, 

G feet 

.72 

.89 

1.11 

1.18 

1.49 

1.97 

2.60 

Length, 

.79 

1.02 

1.23 

1.35 

1.64 

2.14 

2.75 

Length, 

S feet 

.89 

1.12 

1.37 

1.49 

1.80 

2.29 

2.95 

Length, 

9 feet 

.97 

1.29 

1.49 

1.65 

1.98 

2.61 

3.35 

Special  colors  in  Duplex  Shades,  to  match  or  harmonize  with  any  color 
scheme,  can  be  made  to  order  but  will  require  about  one  week’s  time. 
Prices  on  application. 


For  porch  and  lawn  furniture,  use  Exterior  Spar  Varnish,  page  3. 


30 


One-Piece  Genuine  Linoleum  Rugs 


Linoleum  rugs  are  a comparatively  new  floor  covering,  haying  been  on 
the  market  only  about  a year,  but  have  proven  most  practical  in  every 
way.  They  were  introduced  by  Montgomery  Ward  & Co.,  and  today  we 
practically  control  the  market  for  genuine  linoleum  rugs.  Each  size  is 
made  in  one  solid  piece  of  genuine  linoleum  composition.  Have  rounded 
corners.  Lie  perfectly  flat  on  the  floor  anil  will  not  kick  up.  No  tacking, 
cutting  or  fitting;  all  ready  to  unroll  on  your  floor  and  use  as  soon  as 
you  receive  them.  Absolutely  sanitary,  thoroughly  durable,  and  save  floor 
scrubbing.  The  popular  rug  of  today. 


172W3845 — Urbana  Ward  O-Leum. 

very  economical  floor  covering 
will  give  excellent  satisfaction, 
linoleum,  but  looks  and  wears  liki 
This  pattern  in  neatly  designed  gi 
figures  on  a tan  ground. 

Width  Shipping  weight,  Price,  ] 
vvium  running  yard  running; 
G feet  About  7 pounds  72c 


172W3835  — Erie  Ward-O-Leum.  A 
new,  durable  floor  covering  at  a much 
lower  price  than  linoleum.  Will  give 
exceptional  wear.  Attractive  pattern 
in  green  and  red  colorings  on  tan 
ground.  Bright  finish. 

Width  Shipping  weight,  Price,  per 
v\  mm  running  yard  running  yard 
fl  feet  About  7 ^pounds  70c 


gnjhykrifanaimr 


Farrley  Linoleum  Rugs 
■nt  i Size,  Shipping  _ , 

Number  feet  weight,  about  Each 
172W5030  3 x 6 iy2  pounds  $1.89 
172W5031  3 x 0 10  pounds  2.65 

172W5032  4y2x  7%  18  pounds  3.18 

172W5033  G x 0 25  pounds  4.90 

172W5034  0 xl2  50  pounds  9.95 

A beautiful  design  reproduced  in 
bright,  harmonious  colorings.  Com- 
bination tan  ground  with  rose-red  and 
green  figures.  Deep  rich  browns  are 
used  on  the  border. 


Newark  Linoleum  Rugs 

xr  i Size,  Shipping  ...  , 

Number  feet  \\'t.,  about  Pach 

172W5010  Ox  0 25  pounds  $ 4.85 

172W5011  0x12  50  pounds  9.98 

172W5012  12x15  83  pounds  16.98 

A copy  of  a beautiful  Oriental  de- 
sign. The  rich  contrasting  colorings 
make  an  exceedingly  handsome  lino- 
leum rug.  Tan  ground  with  figures 
in  green  and  red,  showing  little  touches 
of  blue.  Bright  clear  finish. 


At  Our  Prices  Every  Home  Can  Afford  One  or  More  of  These  Popular  Small  Rugs 


Potomac  Tapestry  Brussels  Rugs 

Number  Size  Shipping  weight  Each 

72W5670  27x52  inches  About  'iy2  pounds  $1.40 
Tan  and  green  field  enlivened  by  rich  red  floral 
figures  ^'nrstei  1 f a ce. 


Sheridan  Velvet  Rugs 

Number  Size  Shipping  weight  Each 

72W5710  27x52  inches  About  2%  pounds  $1.48 
Combination  tan  ground  with  natural  red  and 
green  floral  clusters.  Wool  face. 


Webster  Velvet  Rugs 

Number  Size  Shipping  weight  Each 

72W5700  27x52  inches  About  2%  pounds  $1.49 
Pleasing  green  and  tan  effect  with  contrasting 
deep  reds.  Wool  face  rugs. 


Wool  face  rugs. 


Highland  Smyrna  Rugs 

Number  Size  Shipping  weight  Each 

72W5650  30xG2  inches  About  G pounds  $2.15 
72W5651  36x72  inches  About  8%  pounds  3.15 

Green  and  red  colorings  on  a tan  ground.  Wool 
double  faced.  Reversible.  Fringed  ends. 


Navajo  Smyrna  Rugs 

Number  Size  Shipping  weight  Each 

72W5660  30x62  inches  About  0%  pounds  $2.10 
72W5661  36x72  inches  About  S pounds  3.10 
Reversible  wool  faced  fringed  rugs.  Red  ground 
with  design  in  black  and  white. 


jLapcbiry  i^russeis  ivu 

Number  Size  Shipping  weight 

72W5690  27x52  inches  About  2V2  pounds 
Splendid  quality  worsted  face.”  Well  < 
Ground  in  combination  of  green  and  ta 
enlivened  with  red  figures. 

Our  rug,  carpet  and  lino- 
leum department  offers  a 
more  complete  line  of  up-to- 
date  floor  coverings  than 
ever.  In  addition  to  the 
regular  articles  you  will  find 
many  new  items- -all  at  un- 
usually low  prices.  See  the 
complete  line  in  our  big  new 
General  Catalog  No.  84  for 
spring,  1016.  Sent  on  re- 
quest. 


Ye  Olde  Tyme  Rag  Rugs 

72W5620 — 24x36  inches.  Shipping  weight,  about  1%  pounds.  Price. 

72W5621 — 27x54  inches.  Shipping  weight,  about  2%  pounds.  Price, 

72W5622 — 30x60  inches.  Shipping  weight,  about  3*4  pounds. . Price 

72W5623 — 1x7  feet.  Shipping  weight,  about  5%  pounds.  Price.... 
72W5624 — 6xl>  feet.  Shipping  weight,  about  10%  pounds.  Price.... 

Real  old-fashioned  rag  rugs  in  hit  and  miss  colorings.  Made  of 
clean  rags,  firmly  woven  with  strong  cotton  warp. 


Pioneer  Rag  Rugs 

24x30  inches.  Shipping  weight,  about  2 pounds ...  .$0.63 
30x60  inches.  Shipping  weight,  about  3^4  pounds....  1.02 

4x7  feet.  Shipping  weight,  about  7 pounds..... 2.38 

rag  rugs.  Well  woven.  Nicely  finished  with  fringed  ends, 
nee.  Very  popular — used  in  nearly  every  home.  Three  sizes, 
in  blue,  brown  or  green.  State  color. 


Previous  experience  not  necessary — pages  7 and  8 tell  how  to  paint, 


Climax  Paint  Sprayer 
High  Pressure 

Will  spray  mineral,  graphite,  oxide, 
oil  paints,  Bat  colors  and  whitewash, 
not  spray  lead  paints. 


Equally  suitable 
| for  general  farm 
spraying,  including 
medium  size  trees, 
small  fruits,  field 
crops,  disinfecting, 
etc.  There  is  none 
of  equal  capacity 
that  will  give  better 
satisfaction.  It  will 
easily  develop  up 
to  100  lbs.  pressure. 

The  pump  cylin- 
der is  seamless 
brass  tubing,  dia- 
meter, 1J4  in. 

Brass  ball  valves 

and  seats.  All  brass  

air  chamber.  Tank  is  6 gallon  size,  made  of 
heavy  galvanized  steel. 

Regularly  equipped  with  10  feet  of  Y*  inch 
discharge  hose ; shut-off  cock ; follower 
wrench ; and  spray  nozzle.  Especially 
adapted  for  paints  and  whitewash.  Weight, 
crated,  30  lbs. 

188W2370 — Price,  complete $7.90 


pure 


2 Size. 


Will 


inches 


Climax  Whitewasher  and  Sprayer 

No.  1 Size.  Capacity  equal  to  20  men  with  brushes. 

Capacity  equal  to  10  men  with  brushes. 

Will  handle  equally  well  whitewash,  cold 
water  paints,  mineral  oil  paints,  or  any 
similar  mixture  except  lead  paints.  The 
powerful  force  insures  maximum  distribu- 
tion with  least  material. 

No.  1 Size — (as  shown  in  illustration). 
For  biff  work.  Has  strong  iron  frame. 
Galvanized  steel  air  chamber,  4)4x18 
inches.  Brass  cylinder,  diameter  2 inches; 
stroke.  3 'A  inch.  Brass  plunger  rods,  solid 
brass  ball  valves,  and  valve  seats.  200- 
pound  pressure  gauge ; sieve  for  straining 
lime ; 20  feet  of  half-inch  five-ply  discharge 
hose,  with  couplings;  three  feet  spray  pipe, 
with  shut-off  cock ; one  length  of  suction 
hose ; one  spray  nozzle,  with 
extra  tip.  Mounted  on  18x42 
inch  wooden  platform.  Shipping 
weight,  100  lbs. 

188W2365— Price  $26.80 

No.  2 size — Similar  to  No.  1. 
except  has  all  brass  air  chamber, 
3x10  inches.  All  brass  cylinder, 
diameter  1)4  inches;  stroke,  3J4 
Ten  feet  of  half-inch,  five-ply  discharge  hose  with  couplings; 
three  feet  spray  pipe,  and  otherwise  same  as  No.  1.  Shipping 
weight,  80  lbs. 

188W2367— Price  $19.50 


Climax  General  Purpose  Sprayer 
Whitewasher 
and  Fire 

Protector  $(-95 

For  use  with  Bar-*' 
rel.  Bucket,  or  any 
kind  of  Tank  or 
Vessel  not  higher 
than  a Barrel. 

For  all  kinds 
of  tree  and 
bush  spraying, 
washing  win- 
dows, etc.  For 
applying  cold 
water  paints 
and  white- 
wash, no  bet- 
ter pump  of  its  size  made. 

It  can  be  screwed  to  a small  platform  or 
plank  on  which  the  bucket  or  barrel  rests. 
Made  entirely  of  brass,  except  base,  legs  and 
handle.  Has  brass  solid  ball  valves  and  brass 
valve  seats.  Regularly  furnished  with  8 ft. 

in.  discharge  hose  with  shut-off  cock;  6 ft. 
of  spray  pipe ; 1 spray  and  1 solid  stream 
nozzle;  5 ft.  suction  hose,  with  strainer  and 
1 follower  wrench.  Shipping  weight,  boxed, 
2S  lbs. 

188W2336 — Price,  Complete  Outfit $5.95 


Auto  Supplies 

Lists  practically  every 
auto  accessory  of  merit, 
and  quotes  prices  that 
mean  15  to  4U  per  cent 
saving.  Read  about  our 
Riverside  Guaranteed 
Race- Winning  Tires. 

Book  of  Homes 
Send  for  our  Book  of 
Homes.  No  matter  what 
kind  of  a home  you  want, 
you  can  surely  make  a 
selection  from  the  new 
and  original  designs  we 
offer. 

Building  Material 
A postal  will  bring 
vou  this  big  Building 
Material  Catalogue,  with 
over  100  pages  of  high 
grade  materials,  attract- 
ive prices,  and  full  de- 
scriptions. 

Farm  Book 
Our  fine  new  book, 
just  off  the  press.  Con- 
tains complete  informa- 
tion about  our  famous 
Bulls  Eve  Engine, 
(iolden  Harvest  Cream 
Separator  and  in  fact 
everything  needed  around 
the  farm. 

Tool  Book 

Be  sure  to  send  for  this 
hook.  Describes  fully  all 
our  famous  Lakeside 
tools— q unlit y tools  made 
to  give  real  wear,  at 
money  saving  prices. 

Baby  Book 

Mothers — Be  sure  that 
your  children  wear  com- 
fortable clothing.  Their 
growing  bodies  demand 
the  I--  st.  such  as  shown 
in  this  book  at  very  low 
prices. 


Which  of  These  Special  Catalogues  Interest' 
You? 

These  books  show  lines  of  merchandise  which  we 
cannot  quote  fully  and  completely  in  our  large  Gen- 
eral Catalogue.  If  you  haven't  one  of  our  large  Cata- 
logues, we  will  mail  you  a copy  on  request. 

If  you  need  any  of  the  goods  shown  in  these  books, 
and  cannot  find  what  you  want  in  our  large  General 
Catalogue,  write  for  the  hooks  you  wish.  We  send 
them  on  request,  postpaid. 

You  will  find  it  pleasant,  easy,  and  profitable  to 
buy  from  any  of  our  Catalogues. 


Our  Large  General  Catalogue 

This  is  the  book  you  need,  above  all  others. 
Contains  almost  1,000  pages,  and  quotes  nearly 
100,(KK)  money-saving  prices  on  everything  for 
the  home,  farm  and  family.  For  genuine  econ- 
omy and  satisfaction  in  buying,  our  big  Cata- 
logue is  a real  necessity  in  every  home.  If  you 
haven’t  a copy  of  our  General  Catalogue,  and 
are  interested,  we  will  send  you  one  by  return 
mail.  A postal  card  request  brings  it. 


Heating 

Thinking  of  putting  in 
a better  or  a new  heat- 
ing plant?  Then  you 
need  this  book.  Wc  fur- 
nish estimates  on  all 
kinds  of  plants : tell  you 
how  to  install  them ; and 
furnish  the  tools  free. 

Lighting  Fixtures 

This  book  lists  a com- 
plete line  of  gas  and 
electric  fixtures  and  fit- 
tings all  at  a saving  of 
IB  t<>  40  per  cent.  Our 
simple  instructions  make 
it  easy  for  you  to  put  up 
vour  own  fixtures. 


Our  Grocery  Price 
List 

This  book  contains  a 
great  variety  of  high 
grade  food  products  at 
surprisingly  low  prices. 
You  should  have  a copy. 
Write  for  this  Grocery 
Book  today. 

Pattern  Book 

Makes  dressmaking 
easy  and  gives  you  the 
very  newest  styles  and 
correct  patterns  to  work 
with.  Contains  many 
helpful  suggestions  for 
making  your  own  dresses, 
together  with  needlework 
and  sewing  necessities. 


Plumbing 

Big  savings  on  numb- 
ing Supplies  and  Outfits. 
Our  instructions  make  it 
easy  to  install  plumbing 
yourself.  If  you’re  plan- 
ning new  equipment,  or 
“fixing  up”  your  present 
plumbing  outfit,  send  for 
this  book. 

Tombstones 

Usual  Tombstone 
prices  are  much  higher 
than  ours,  even  after  you 
add  the  freight.  We  list 
dozens  of  finest  monu- 
ments in  all  sizes  and 
styles,  with  full  instruc- 
tions for  setting  them 
up. 

Typewriters 

The  Reliance  has  every 
point  of  superiority 
found  in  the  best  type- 
writers, and  a good 
many  features  of  its  own. 
The  Reliance  will  do 
the  work  of  any  type- 
writer, and  save  you  at 
least  half  on  the  price. 
Write  for  this  book  and 
the  full  typewriter  in- 
formation it  gives. 

Make  the  Reliance 
your  choice. 

Gas  Engines 

Bull’s  Eye  Engines 
come  as  near  to  the  KM) 
per  cent  efliciency  mark 
as  it  is  possible  to  make 
any  engine.  They  arc 
not  the  cheapest,  hut  the 
saving  is  a big  one. 
Write  for  this  engine 
hook. 


Fire-Proof  Cold  Water  Paint 
For  Interior  Work 

It's  pure  white,  will  not  rub,  and  is  a fire 
retardant.  Can  he  applied  with  either  brush 
or  sprayer.  This  paint  is  approved  by  the 
Fire  Underwriter’s  Laboratories  as  a fire 
retardant. 

Fire-proof  Cold  Water  Paint  is  particularly 
adapted  for  interior  painting  of  factories, 
mills,  warehouses,  etc.,  where  a sanitary, 
fire-proof  and  light-reflecting  finish  is  desired, 
at  a nominal  cost.  For  coating  interior  of 
stables,  chicken  houses  and  granaries,  it  will 
keep  them  clean  and  wholesome.  For  cel- 
lars and  store  rooms  it  is  most  sanitary. 
It  comes  in  dry  powder  form  and  mixes 
readily  with  cold  water.  Five  pounds  of 
the  powder  will  make  a gallon  of  paint, 
which,  when  applied  with  brush  or  paint 
sprayer,  will  cover  200  sq.  ft.  This  paint, 
under  reasonable  conditions,  will  not  crack, 
peel  or  rub.  and  will  leave  the  surface  in 
good  condition  for  re-coating. 

Cold  Water  Paint  is  much  better  to  use 
than  whitewash;  it  will  not  rub  off  when 
dry.  It  is  thoroughly  sanitary  and  may  be 
used  for  any  purpose  for  which  whitewash 
is  adapted.  Try  it  also  on  the  walls  and 
ceiling  of  your  summer  kitchen  or  summer 
cottage. 

It  does  not  by  any  means  take  the  place  of 
a good  oil  paint,  and  should  not  be  used 
with  this  idea  in  mind.  In  white  only. 

75W8447 — 5 lb.  pkgs.  Per  lb 6c 

75W8448 — 10  lb.  pkgs.  Per  lb 8c 

175W8449 — 50  lb.  kegs.  Per  lb 6)4c 

175W8450 — 100  lb.  kegs.  Per  lb 6c 


ysy  Chicago  Avenue 
**  Bridge 


Chicago 


FORT  WORTH 


PORTLAND 


32 


Make  your  home  more  attractive — these  enamels  will  do  it. 


for  this  1-gal.  lithographed  can  of 

Circle  Brand 

Automobile  Oil 

l 


5-gallon  lithographed  can 
of  this  superior  oil  for 


There  is  but  one  way  for  you  to  know  for 
yourself  that  Circle  Brand  Automobile  Oil  is  a 
perfect  lubricant  and  that  is  to  Try  Circle  Brand. 

If  you  are  not  satisfied,  if  you  think  you  have 
not  made  a good  purchase,  return  what  is  left 
and  we  will  refund  your  full  purchase  price 
and  pay  all  transportation  charges. 


Get  the  Right  Oil 

Lubricating  Oil  is  your  smallest  expense.  But  the  Right 
Oil  is  your  best  protection  against  your  heaviest  expense 
— wear  and  tear.  Use  Circle  Brand  Auto  Oil — you  will 
get  more  mileage  from  your  gasoline.  Your  engine  will 
develop  greater  power,  will  acquire  new  pick-up  and  hill 
climbing  ability. 

Circle  Brand  Automobile  Oil  is  widely  known.  Thou- 
sands of  our  customers  praise  it ; will  use  no  other  brand. 

Buy  an  Oil  that  is  known — an  oil  that  is  scientifically 
correct — one  that  gives  thorough  satisfaction.  This  oil 
is  a strictly  pure  mineral  oil  from  which  all  free  carbon 
has  been  removed  by  repeated  strainings  through  Fuller’s 
Earth — not  by  bleaching  with  acids  or  any  other  method. 
Our  filtration  process  gives  that  pale,  straw  color  char- 
acteristic of  a perfect  oil. 

Circle  Brand  Oil  resists  heat  and  reduces  carbon  deposit. 

It  is  the  Right  Oil.  Give  it  a trial — we  know  you  will 
be  perfectly  pleased. 

74W7468 — 1-gallon  Lithographed  square  can. . . .$  0.54 

174W7467 — 5-gallon  Lithographed  square  can 1.98 

174W7466 — 30-gallon  wooden  barrel 10.75 

174W7480 — 30-gallon  steel  barrel 11,25 

174W7465 — 50-gallon  wooden  barrel 15.50 

174W7479— 50-gallon  steel  barrel 18.00 

Shipping  weight  in  barrels,  per  gallon,  8 pounds. 
5-gallon  cans  . . . .48  pounds  1-gallon  can.  . . .8%  pounds 


V. 


Chicago  Avenue  Bridge,  CHICAGO 

New  York  Chicago  Kansas  City  Fort  Worth  Portland 


For  Your  Ford  Car 


Universal  Cylinder^ 

F?enetaCarbon°  Oil  5-Gal.ons  $ 1 .85 


A pale  straw-color  cylinder  oil  especially  adapted  for  Ford  cars. 
Has  high  fire  test  and  high  viscosity.  Always  uniform  in  quality. 
Thoroughly  filtered  and  contains  no  free  carbon.  Economical,  and 
a perfect  lubricant.  No  matter  how  much  you  pay  for  cylinder 
oil  it  would  be  hard  to  improve  the  quality.  Treat  your  motor  right — 
use  Universal.  It  helps  to  increase  speed,  saves  worry  and  expense 
by  keeping  your  cylinders  in  perfect  working  condition.  Always 
lubricates.  Heat  or  cold  will  not  easily  affect  it.  Barrel  lots  in 
wood  or  steel  barrels. 


74W7300 — 1-gallon  can  

174W7301 — 5-gallon  can  

174W7302 — t/i-barrel  (wood)  30  gallons 
174W7303 — %-barrel  (steel)  30  gallons. 
174W7304 — Barrel  (wood)  50  gallons... 
174W7305 — Barrel  (steel)  50  gallons  . . . 


yUNIVERSAcv 

(CYLINDER  DILI 

l FOR  J 

\fORD  CARV 


Universal  Cup  Grease  for 
Ford  Cars 


Special  Magneto  Oil 

Compounded  especially  for  lubri- 
cating magneto,  timers,  comptometers, 
and  other  mechanisms.  Will  not 
clog,  gum,  or  collect  dust.  It  cleans, 
lubricates  and  prevents  rust.  Do  not 
ruin  your  magneto  or  timer  by  using 
ordinary  oils.  Contents  of  bottle, 
about  I ounce. 

74W7315 — Ship,  wt.,  4 ounces.  ..  .20c 


Circle  Brand 

Automobile  Oil 

(Heavy,  Ruby  Color) 

for 

Air-Cooled  Motors 

5-Gallons  $2.10 

A non-carbonizing,  heavy-bodied  oil  for 
air-cooled  motors  and  motorcycles  hav- 
ing force  feed  of  the  Indian  type,  and  two 
cycle  motors  when  lubrication  is  had  by 
mixing  lubricating  oil  with  gasoline. 
Also  on  all  cars,  where,  through  long 
service,  the  compression  is  bad,  and  wher- 
ever mechanical  conditions  require  a 
heavy  oil. 

74W7438 — 1-gallon  can  $ 0.57 

174W7437 — 5-gallon  can  2.10 

174W7436 — .'10-gallon  wooden  barrel 11.10 

174W7440 — 30-gallon  steel  barrel 11.70 

174W7435 — r>0-gallon  wooden  barrel 16.50 

174W7439 — 50-gallon  steel  barrel 19.00 

Fibre  or  Sponge 
Transmission  Grease 

Considered  by  automobile  experts  to  be  the 
coming  transmission  lubricant.  Its  spongy, 
fibrous  nature  causes  it  to  cling  close  to  the  mov- 
ing parts.  ^ Changes  of  temperature  do  npt  affect 
it.  Doesn’t  leak  or  drip  from  case,  and  is  there- 
fore a reliable  and  economical  grease  to  use.  Try  it. 

74W7459 — 10-pound  can $0.98 

174W7460 — 25-pound  can 2.25 

174W7461 — 50-pound  can 4.30 


SPEC.U 

Magneto 


A superior  compounded  cup 
grease.  Made  from  pure  mate- 
rials. Especially  adapted  for  use 
on  Ford  cars.  We  believe  it  will 
give  as  satisfactory  service  as  any 
cup  grease  you  can  buy. 

74W7606 — 10-pound  pail  ...$0.85 
74W7607 — 25-pound  can 1.90 


^NlVERSAbl 
Clip  greasm 

rORl^CflRsJ 


Luis 

''•urn 


E-Z-Way  Grease 
Gun  Outfit 


Silent  Transmission  and 
Differential  Grease 

Ideal  for  Ford  Cars 


A combination  of  gun,  grease  and 
can,  all  in  one.  Air-tight  metal  can, 
with  3 pounds  good  quality  grease.  A 
curved  nozzle  and  plunger  included. 
Simply  screw  in  plunger  and  apply 
grease.  < 

74W7320 — Ship,  wt.,  3 pounds.  . . .45c 


Recommended  for  use  in  transmission.  Pre- 
vents wear  and  noisy  operation.  Where  cars  have 

been  long  in  service  and  the  differential  gears  are 
somewhat  worn,  this  is  a desirable  lubricant.  Its 
spongy,  fibrous  nature  causes  it  to  cling  close  to 
the  moving  parts.  Changes  of  temperature  do  not 
readily  affect  it.  Its  clinging,  fibrous  character- 
istics are  not  lost  even  at  high  temperature.  This 
grease  is  ideal  for  Ford  cars.  Give  it  a trial. 

74W7470 — 10-pound  can  $1.10 

174W7471— 35-pound  can  2.50 

174W7472— 50-pound  can  4.75 


Riverside  Slow  Burning 
Signal  Oil 

Especially  prepared  for  auto  side 
and  tail  oil  lamps.  Will  last  longer 
than  kerosene  or  coal  oil,  and  will 
not  easily  jar,  jolt  or  blow  out. 

The  same  kind  of  oil  used  by  rail- 
roads for  head  and  switch  lights. 

Ship,  weight,  2 and  8 pounds. 

74W7500 — Quart  can  18c 

74W7501— Gallon  can  60c 


riverside 

Slow  BURNI*C 

, BRILLIANT  j 

SIGNAL  OH 


Commutator  Oil  for  Ford 
n Cars 


The  Ford  manual  says  that  the  timer 
or  commutator  in  Ford  cars  should  be 
oiled  at  regular  intervals,  every  200 
miles,  because  it  is  a very  fast  moving 
part  and  requires  the  best  of  care  and 
lubrication.  Common  oils  are  too  heavy 
for  it.  This  smooth  oil  makes  the  timer 
deliver  the  spark  to  your  plug  efficiently 
at  all  times.  Put  up  in  special  airtight 
containers  ready  for  use.  Carry  a can  in 
your  tool  box. 

— % pint  spout  oil  can 15c 


Shipped  in  Steel  Barrels 


Not  a drop  of  solder  is  used  in  any  of 
our  steel  barrels.  All  of  our  steel  oil 
barrels  are  provided  with  a faucet.  When 
shipping,  the  faucet  is  attached  to  inside 
end  of  the  large  plug.  To  use  the  faucets 
remove  the  large  plug,  detach  the  faucet 
from  inside  end,  replace  the  plug,  then 
remove  small  plug,  and  replace  the  faucet. 

Our  special  Heavy  50-Gallon  Barrels 
are  made  of  16-gauge  best  open-hearth 
steel. 

Our  30-Gallon  Steel  Barrel  for  Lubri- 
cating Oils  is  made  of  ld-gauge  best 
open-hearth  steel,  welded  seams,  and 
rolled  chimes. 

We  advise  the  use  of  White  Lead  or 
Soap  on  threads  of  faucet  to  prevent 
leakage. 


For  Prices 
on  Empty 
Steel 
Barrels, 
See  Our 
Large 
General 
Catalogue 


Shipping  Weights  of  Oils 

50-gallon  steel  barrels  400  pounds 

30-gallon  steel  barrels  255  pounds 

50-gallon  wooden  barrels  410  pounds 

30-gallon  wooden  barrels  270  pounds 

Shipping  weight,  10  gallons,  80  pounds. 

5-Gallon  Jacketed  Cans  41  pounds 

5-Gallon  Lithographed  Cans  48  pounds 

1 -Gallon  Cans  , pounds 


Oil  Shipments 


Barrels  and  half  barrels,  shipped  from  our  new 
Chicago  Oil  Plant.  Our  low  prices  are  based  on 
this  arrangement. 

Our  oils  are  put  up  in  1-gallon,  full  measure 
oblong  style  cans,  and  5-gallon,  full-measure,  wood 
jacketed  cans.  Also  in  steel  and  wooden  30-gallon 
half-barrels  and  50-gallon  barrels.  In  comparing 
prices,  remember  that  our  quotations  include  cost 
of  container. 


Shipping  Weights  of  Greases 

5-pound  tin  0 pounds 

10-pound  tin  13  pounds 

25-pound  tin  30  pounds 

50-pound  tin  GO  pounds 


Freight  shipments  are  cheapest — keep  our  Big  Book  handy 


Keep  Your  Gasoline  Engine  Running 
Just  Like  New  With  Circle  Brand 

^Gasoline  Engine  Cylinder  Oil 

$1.75 


5 Gallons 


Use  this  oil  for  gasoline  engines,  it’s  our  well-known  Circle  W Brand. 
Nothing  better  on  the  market.  Owners  of  gasoline  engines  frequently 
make  a mistake  by  paying  little  attention  to  the  lubricating  of  this  wonderful 
labor  saver.  The  result  is  the  engine  is  soon  worthless.  If  you  wish  to 
obtain  the  best  results  from  your  gasoline  engine,  we  recommend  this  oil. 
Rich,  wine-colored,  free-flowing  oil,  with  a good  cold  test  and  a high-fire 
test.  The  maximum  power  is  obtained  with  the  minimum  of  gasoline. 


74W7578 — 1-gallon  can.  . . 

$0.42 

174W7577— 5-gallon  can.. 

1.75 

174W7576— 30-gallon  w o 

o d e n 

barrel  

174W7580 — 30-gallon  steel  bar- 
rel   $9.60 

174W7575 — 50-gallon  wooden 

barrel  13.00 

174W7579— 50-gallon  steel  bar- 
rel   15.50 


Dynamo  Engine  Oil 

Here  is  an  Oil  especially  pre- 
pared for  high  speed  engines,  dyna- 
mos, motors  and  generators  with 
ring  oilers.  A fair  trial  of  this  oil 
will  prove  its  value. 

74W7418- 


174W7416- 


174W7419— 50-gal.  (steel) 


-gallon 

can 

.$0.55 

-5-gallon 

can 

2.00 

-30-gal. 

(wood) . . . 

9.75 

-30-gal. 

(steel) . . . 

.10.85 

-50-gal. 

(wood) . . . 

14.85 

17.50 

Golden  Engine  Oil 

A good  general  utility  oil,  where  too  much  is 


not  expected  for  the  money. 
74W7428 — 1-gallon  can 

$0.33 

174W7427— 5-gallon 

can 

1.30 

174W7426— 30-gallon 

wooden 

barrel.  . . . 

6.30 

174W7430— 30-gallon 

steel  barrel 

6.90 

174W7425— 50-gallon 

wooden 

barrel . . . . 

. . . . 8.50 

174W7429— 50-gallon 

steel  barrel 

11.50 

Separator  Oils 

For  Hand  Separators 
'*"<Can°n  $1-60 

It  is  a non-viscous,  neutral  oil 
and  has  been  refined  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  various  hand 
separators  on  the  market.  It  is 
particularly  valuable  for  spindle 
lubrication,  and  will,  under  no  cir- 
cumstances, thicken  and  gum  from 
use.  It  has  a high  fire  test,  flows 
freely  and  is  practically  stainless. 

74W7548 — 1-gallon  can $0.41 

174W7547— 5-gallon  can  1.60 

174W7546— 30-gallon  (wood) 8.70 

174W7550— 30-gallon  (steel) 9.30 

174W7545— 50-gallon  (wood) 12.00 

174W7549 — 50-gallon  (steel) 13.50 


For  Power 
Separators 

$2.00 


5-Gallon 

Can 


Here  is  an  oil  especially  compounded  for  use 
in  creameries  and  large  dairies,  where  power  is 
employed.  Pale  lemon  color.  This  is  a very  good 
oil  for  general  use  about  the  creamery,  where 

power  of  any  kind  is  used.  Adapted  for  high 

speed  engines,  dynamos,  motors,  as  well  as  a 
general  lubricant. 

74W7538— 1-gallon  can $0.45 

174W7537— 5-gallon  can 2.00 

174W7536 — 30-gallon  wooden  barrel 10.50 

174W7540 — 30-gallon  steel  barrel 11.10 

174W7535 — 50-gallon  wooden  barrel 15.50 

174W7539 — 50-gallon  steel  barrel 18.00 


Tractor  Cylinder  Oil 

5 Gallons  $2.00 

You  can  not  expect  the  greatest  power  from 
the  fuel  you  use  unless  you  use  good  cylinder  oil. 
Tractor  lubrication  requires  an  entirely  different 
oil  than  that  used  for  ordinary  gas  engines,  auto- 
mobiles or  steam  engines. 

Mineral  oil  is  the  best.  And  the  best  mineral 
oil  for  tractors  is  one  with  a high  fire  test  and 
a good  viscosity. 

We  have  proven  in  our  own  laboratories  that  a 
ruby  colored  oil,  of  syrup  consistency,  is  best  for 
tractor  lubrication  and  hundreds  of  our  customers 
have  proven  in  actual  practice,  that  this  is  the 
best  oil  for  them  to  use  in  their  tractors.  The 
oil  we  quote  here  is  the  result  of  our  long 
continued  careful  experiments.  It  is  absolutely 
safe — it  reduces  friction — it  saves  fuel — and  it 
saves  oil. 

74W7628— 1-gallon  can $ 0.47 

174W7629 — 5-gallon  can 2.00 

174W7630— 30-gallon  (wood) 9.60 

174W7633— 30-gallon  (steel) 10.50 

174W7631— 50-gallon  (wood) 14.50 

1 74 W7632— 50-gallon  (steel) 17.00 

Steam  Cylinder  Oil 

(Extra  Valve) 

5 Gallons  $1.95 

A high-grade,  dark  amber  colored  Oil,  adapted 
for  use  in  either  high  or  low  pressure  cylinder. 
This  oil  is  so  compounded,  that  steam  at  high 
pressure  will  not  wash  it  off  the  cylinder.  A thin 
coat  of  oil  remains  between  the  moving  parts, 
preventing  friction  and  consequent  loss  of  power. 
Oil  of  this  character  usually  retails  at  a higher 
price  per  gallon. 

74W7558— 1-gallon  can $ 0.48 

174  W7557— 5-gallon  can 1.95 

174W7556— 30-gal.  (wood)  10.50 

174W7560— 30-gal  (steel)  11.40 

174W7555— 50-gal.  (wood) 16.00 

174W7559— 50-gal.  (steel) 18.50 

No.  i Cylinder  Oil 

5 Gallons  $1.90 

A heavy,  dark  green  Oil  of  very  good  fire  test. 
This  brand  of  oil  is  preferred  by  many  to  the 
light-colored  cylinder  oils.  Nothing  better,  re- 
gardless of  price,  for  steam  pumps,  stationary  or 
portable  engines.  Will  not  clog  lubricators.  A 

very  good,  economical  oil  to  use.  A Fuel  Saver. 

74W7568— 1-gallon  can $ 0.44 

174W7567 — 5-gallon  can 1.90 

174W7566— 30-gal.  (wood) 9.60 

174W7570— 30-gal.  (steel) 10.50 

174W7565— 50-gal.  (wood) 14.50 

174W7569— 50-gal.  (steel) 17.00 


XX  Cylinder  Oil 
5 Gallons  $1.55 

A very  good  medium-priced  cylinder  oil.  Gives 
satisfaction  to  threshers  and  those  using  station- 
ary or  portable  engines.  Dark  green  color. 

74W7588 — 1 -gallon  can $ 0.38 

174W7587— 5-gallon  can 1.55 

174W7586 — 30-gal.  (wood) 7.50 

174W7590— 30-gal.  (steel) 8.40 

174W7585— 50-gal.  (wood) 11.00 

174W7589— 50-gal.  (steel) 13.50 


Machine  Oils 


Harvester  Oil 

The  Heavy  Oil  Without  a 

“String” 

This  Oil  is  preferred  by  the  agri- 
cultural trade  to  the  so-called  cas- 
tor or  castor  machine  oils.  Our 
compounded  Harvester  Oil  is  made 
especially  for  the  use  of  farmers, 
and  threshers.  Wears  longer  and 
better  than  a castor  oil.  Used  from 
a squirt  can  it  cuts  off  without  a 
“string.”  Thick,  but  not  ropy. 

One  of  the  best  oils  for  the  pur-  

pose  on  the  market.  Oil  will  not  gum  or  corrode 
the  bearings. 

74W7408— 1-gallon  can  $ 0.45 

2.00 

10.50 

11.10 

15.50 

174W7409— 50-gal.  (steel) 18.00 


174W7407— 5-gallon  can. . . 
174W7406— 30-gal.  (wood) . 
174W7410— 30-gal.  (steel) . . 
174W7405— 50-gal.  (wood) . 


Machine  Oil  (Heavy) 


A heavy-bodied,  high  viscosity  oil 
for  farm  machinery,  heavy  bearings, 
pumps,  mills,  etc.,  wherever  a high- 
grade  machine  oil  is  required. 

74W7368— 1-gallon  can $0.55 

174W7367 — 5-gallon  can 2.10 

174W7366— 30-gal.  (wood)..  . .11.10 

174W7370— 30-gal.  (steel) 12.00 

174W7365— 50-gal.  (wood).. . .17.00 
174W7369— 50-gal.  (steel) 19.50 


Machine  Oil  (Medium) 

A medium-bodied  oil,  adapted  for  use  on  all 
kinds  of  farm  machinery,  light  bearings,  door 
hangers,  oil  stones,  etc.  A good,  serviceable  oil 
for  all  general  purposes. 


74W7378— 1-gallon 

can 

174W7377— 5-gallon 

can 

174W7376— - 30-gal. 

(wood) 

174W7380 — 30-gal. 

11.40 

174W7375 — 50-gal. 

(wood) 

16.00 

174W7379— 50-gal. 

(steel) 

18.50 

Extra  Castor 
Machine  Oil 

A thick,  stringy  gelatinous  Oil 
with  good  cold  test.  Adapted  to 
slow-running  machines,  shafting  and 
farm  implements  in  general.  For 
open  bearings,  where  a lighter  oil 
would  run  off.  A good  lubricant 
and  in  general  use  for  purpose 
stated. 

74W7398— 1-gallon  can $ 0 34 

174 W7397— 5-gallon  can 1.40 

174W7396— 30-gal.  (wood) 6.60 

174W7400— 30-gal.  (steel) 7.50 

174W7395— 50-gal.  (wood) 9.50 

174W7399— 50-gal.  (steel) 12.50 


TfenjjQmi'ufti/a’id.  ^ 


Going  to  decorate?  Write  for  Free  Wall  Paper  Book 


35 


Buy  from  This  Page  and  You’ll  Order  Again 

Graphite  Axle  Grease 


25-pound  pail 

$1.15 


Manufactured  in  our  Oil  Plant.  A careful  blending  of  some  of 
the  best  oils  obtainable,  combined  with  Graphite  or  Plumbago. 
Graphite  or  Plumbago  is  a good  filler  and  has  a tendency  to  fill 
porous  wearing  surfaces  and  lessens  friction.  We  believe  it  will 
last  as  long  as  any  grease  on  the  market.  Will  not  gum  or  run  off 
the  spindles  in  the  warmest  weather.  You  will  find  it  very  eco- 
nomical for  buggies  and  light  or  heavy  wagons.  Equally  good  for 
all  kinds  of  bearings,  pumps,  farm  machinery,  windmills,  conveyors, 
hay  loaders,  saws,  etc.  Larger  sizes  in  heavy  iron  pails. 

Full  weight  in  every  pail.  I 174W7647 — 10-pound  pail  $0.58 

74W7646 — 1-pound  box  $0.09  [ 174W7648 — 25-pound  pail  1.15 


Cup  Greases 

(Hard  or  Solid  Oil) 

This  is  a solidified  combination 
of  oils  for  shafting  and  journal 
boxes,  crank  pins,  slides,  etc.,  in 
fact,  anywhere  grease  cups  are 
used.  Made  in  three  consistencies: 
No.  2 soft;  No.  3 medium;  No.  4 
hard.  Also  with  Graphite.  Please 
mention  kind  wanted  when  placing 
your  order,  and  use  proper  article 
number.  For  Auto  Greases,  see 
page  G3. 

Soft  Cup  Grease 

For  Pillow  Blocks,  Crossheads,  Etc. 

Full  weight  in  every  can 

74W7595 — 10-pound  tin $0.85 

174W7596 — 25-pound  tin 1.90 

174W7597— 50-pound  tin 3.50 

Medium  Cup  Grease 

The  most  generally  used.  Suitable  for  com- 
pression or  screw  cup,  or  open  boxes  when  open- 
ing permits.  Use  this  grease  for  cups  and  hubs 
of  automobiles. 

Full  weight  in  every  can 

74W7602 — 10-pound  tin  $0.85 

174W7603 — 25-pound  tin 1.90 

174W7604 — 50-pound  tin 3.50 

Hard  Cup  Grease 

For  Heavy  Open  Bearings  or  Screw  Cups 

Full  weight  in  every  can 

74W7598 — 10-pound  tin $0.85 

174W7599 — 25-pound  tin 1.90 

174W7600 — 50-pound  tin 3.50 

Dixon’s  Graphite  Cup  Grease 
(Medium) 


DIXON’S 

“WHIIt  CUP  GREASf 

"* -T  mmmrn*  Him*  * 


For  use  in  all  grease  cups, 
wheel  spindles,  universal  joints, 
etc.  Properly  compounded, 
of  the  right  consistency  to  in- 
sure the  best  lubrication  to 
the  parts  where  applied.  Put 
up  in  air-tight  lithographed 
cans. 

74W7653 — 1 -pound  can $0.32 

74W7664 — 5-pound  can 1.35 

74W7656 — 10-pound  can 2.25 


Dixon’s  Graphite 
Transmission  and 
Differential  Grease 
No.  677 


'"Arnnt  uuof»rc*Ml 


A graphited  grease  of  just  the  right  consistency 
for  the  transmission  and  differential  gears  of 
practically  every  car  on  the  market.  The  grease 
the  Speed  Kings  use. 

74W7650—  1 -pound  cans $0.32 

74W7651 — 5-pound  cans 1.35 

74W7652— 10-pound  cans 2.25 

Plumbago  or  Graphite  Cup 
Grease 

A special  high-grade  Cup  C.rcn9<\  or  hard  oil, 
of  a medium  consistency.  Represents  the  very 
1*4  bt  of  cup  grease  in  combination  with  powdered 
graphite.  A most  efficient  lubricant  all  the  year 
around. 

Full  weight  in  every  can 

74W7642 — 5-pound  can $0.65 

174W7643  10-pound  can 1.26 

174W7644  25  pound  can 2.60 

174W7645  00  pound  can  4.75 


Transmission  and  Differential  Oil 
5 Gallons  $1.50 

A heavy,  dark  green  oil.  Very  suitable  for  use 
in  transmission  or  differential  gear  cases.  Pre- 
ferred by  some  to  transmission  grease. 

74W7458 — - 1-gallon  can $0.45 

174W7457 — 5-gallon  can 1.50 

174W7456— 30-gal.  (wood) 7.50 

174W7482 — 30-gal.  (steel) 8.60 

174W7455 — 50-gal.  (wood) 11.00 

174W7481— 50-gal.  (steel) 13.50 


Transmission  Grease  and 
Differential  Grease 

10  Pounds  85c 

A semi-fluid  grease,  for  use  in  transmissions  of 
either  sliding  gear  or  of  selective  types  where 
a grease  may  be  required,  and  when  case  will  not 
retain  oil.  Can  also  be  used  in  differentials  and 
housings. 

74W7524— 10-pound  tin $0.85 

174W7525— 25-pound  tin 1.90 

174W7526— 50-pound  tin 3.50 

Hawthorne  Lubricating  Oil 

Hawthorne  Lubricating  Oil, 
a very  fine  preparation  put  up 
by  us  for  our  use  exclusively. 

Nothing  better  made  for  oiling  

bicycle  bearings.  B!!?vccir«|t| 

4-Ounce  Cans 

74W7529— One  can $0.10  

74W7530 — 12  cans  1.10 

8-Ounce  Cans 

74W7527— One  can  $0.14 

74W7528 — 12  cans  1.52 


Castor  Transmission  Grease 
10  Pounds  $1.10 

An  excellent  high-grade  transmission  grease 
Special  high-grade  fats  are  employed  in  the  manu 
facture  of  this  grease.  A uniform  consistency  Win 
ter  or  Summer.  Same  quality  sold  under  adver 
tised  brands  at  much  higher  prices  than  we  ask. 

74W7462— 10-pound  tin $1.10 

174W7463 — 25-pound  tin 2.50 

174W7464 — 50-pound  tin 4.75 

Summer  Black  Oil 

Is  intended  for  use  in  warm  weather.  Is  very 
desirable  as  a vermin  exterminator  on  hogs.  This 
oil  may  be  used  in  our  hog  greasef,  also  as  a 
lubricant. 

74W7478 — - 1-gallon  can $0.23 

174W7477—  5-gallon  can 95 

174W7476 — 30-gal.  (wood) 4.20 

174W7484 — 30-gal.  (steel) 5.10 

174W7475— 50-gal.  (wood) 5.50 

174W7483— 50-gal.  (steel) 8.00 


Denatured  Alcohol 

Subject  to  Market  Changes 

1 Gallon  Can  80c 

For  use  in  spirit  lamps,  percolators,  alcohol 
stoves,  cutting  shellac,  removing  varnish.  Also 
for  making  non-freezing  solutions  for  automobile 
radiators. 

This  alcohol  can  he  used  for  all  purposes  in 
which  grain  alcohol  is  used  in  the  industries  and 
arte. 

All  denatured  grain  alcohol  is  labeled  poison 
to  comply  with  the  law. 

Cannot  he  used  for  medicinal  purposes. 

174W7657 — -1-gallon  jacketed  can $0.88 

174W7G68 — 5-gallon  jacketed  can 3.70 


Whiz  Axle  Grease 


aAXLE  grease^ 


For  vehicles  of  all 
kinds.  Of  the  highest 
quality.  Will  not  gum 
or  harden.  Very  eco- 
nomical to  use.  Not 
affected  by  hot  or  cold  weather. 

74W7610— 1-lb.  cans.  Each 11c 

74W7611 — 3-lb.  cans.  Each 21c 


Frazer’s  Axle  Grease 

One-Pound  Boxes,  Full  Weight 

74W7615 — 2 one-pound  boxes $0.15 

74W7614 — 12  one-pound  boxes 80 

174W7613 — 36  one-pound  boxes 2.25 

Circle  Brand  Motorcycle  Oil 

The  proper  selection  of  cylinder 
oil  for  a motorcycle  is  of  import- 
ance. The  limited  area  of  radiation 
resulting  from  the  compact  build  of 
the  motorcycle  makes  it  necessary 
to  use  great  care  in  the  selection  of 
the  cylinder  lubricant,  if  cylinder 
troubles  are  to  be  avoided.  For  ma- 
chines of  the  Indian  type  with  force 
feed,  we  recommend  our  No.  1 Mo- 
torcycle Oil,  a rich,  heavy,  ruby 
colored  oil  of  high  fire  test.  For 
machines  of  the  Harley-Davidson  type,  using  the 
splash  system  of  lubrication,  we  highly  recom- 
mend our  No.  2 Motorcycle  Oil,  similar  to  our 
No.  1 Motorcycle  Oil  in  general  characteristics, 
but  a freer  flowing  oil  of  good  cold  test. 

74W907 — No.  1 Motorcycle  Oil,  in  1-gallon 

can  $0.45 

174W908 — No.  1 Motorcycle  Oil,  in  5-gallon 

can  . 1.75 

74W909 — No.  2 Motorcycle  Oil,  in  1-gallon 

can  45 

174W910 — No.  2 Motorcycle  Oil,  in  5-gallon 
can  1.75 

Shipping  weight,  of  oil : One-gallon  cans,  8 

pounds;  five-gallon  cans,  40  pounds. 

Three  in  One  Oil 

Three  in  one  oil  is  famous  for  its 
great  variety  of  uses.  It  is  splendid 
for  oiling  the  finest  machinery,  such 
as  bicycles,  clocks,  or  sewing  ma- 
chines. Also  used  for  protecting  from 
rust  such  delicate  instruments  as  ra- 
zor blades.  Used  also  for  polishing 
mirrors  and  glass.  Will  not  gum  or 
harden.  Contains  no  acid.  Put  up 
in  three-ounce  bottles. 

74W715 — Per  bottle  15c 

Shipping  weight,  19  ounces. 

Harness  Oils,  Circle  Brand 

5 Gallon  Can  $2.45 

This  brand  of  Oil  is  a 
valuable  combination  of  oils 
which  preserve  and  soften 
the  leather.  It  helps  to  keep 
the  harness  soft  and  pliable, 
prevents  cracking,  and 
lengthens  the  life  of  harness. 

It  is  free  from  ingredients 

that  oxidize  and  become  ran-  

cid.  Buggy  tops  that  show  a disposition  to  crack 
should  he  well  oiled,  then  gone  over  with  a clean 
cloth  to  remove  the  surplus  oil  that  has  not  been 
absorbed  by  the  fibres  of  the  leather  that  are  to  be 
softened  and  made  pliable. 

74W7351 — 1-gallon  can  $0.54 

174W7350 — 5-gallon  can  2.45 


Climax  Brand,  Harness  Oil 
5 Gallon  Can  $1.85 

This  oil  will  answer  the  purpose  where  too 
much  is  not  expected.  Not  as  high  quality  as  our 
Circle  brand,  but  nevertheless  a good  oil. 

74W7358— 1-gallon  can  $ 0.42 

174W7357— 5-gallon  can  1.85 

174W7366 — 30-gallon  wooden  barrel 9-60 

174W7360 — 30-gallon  steel  barrel 10.80 

174W7355 — 50-gallon  wooden  barrel 14.50 

174W7359— 50-gallon  steel  barrel 17.00 

Pure  Neatsfoot  Oil 

Used  in  dressing  leather,  oiling  guns,  etc. 

74W7518— 1-gallon  can $1.40 

174W7517— 5-gallon  can 6.70 


‘HhtmiameAuU^d^  Chicago  Avenue  Bridge,  CHICAGO 

*•  ^ NEW  YORK  CHICAGO  KANSAS  CITY  FORT  WORTH  PORTLAND 


Chicago  Avenue  Bridge,  CHICAGO 


You  Can  Order  Wall  Paper  from  this  Page  at  a Big 

Saving,  or  write  for  this 


Weight,  1 Vi  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 16c 

76W2890  — 9. inch  Cut  out 
Border.  Weight,  1 ounce. 

Per  yard  2J^c 

76W891 — Ceiling  to  Match. 
Weight,  1 Vi  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 16c 


FREE 
Wall  Paper 
Sample  Book 


l 


§8 


This  new  book  of  Correct  Wall 
Paper  contains  the  correct  wall  paper, 
in  keeping  with  the  name.  It  is  a 
wonder  on  account  of  its  attractive- 
ness and  choice  collection  of  beautiful 
up-to-date  designs  at  so  reasonable 
prices.  It  shows  a remarkable  line  of 
patterns,  representing  the  best  efforts 
of  leading  artists  and  colorists,  both 
foreign  and  American. 

In  this  book  we  explain. the  proper  use  of  each  design  of  sidewall,  ceiling  and  border,  with 
price  on  the  back  of  each  sample.  You  will  find  it  pleasant  and  easy  to  make  your  selections. 
Also  this  book  tells  you  how  to  hang  the  paper,  what  tools  to  use.  It  tells  how  to  proceed  so 
that  anyone,  although  inexperienced,  can  do  the  work  by  following  the  instructions  given. 

All  our  patterns  are  new  and  up-to-date.  From  this  book  you  can  select  pleasing  patterns  for 
every  room,  and  be  very  proud  to  show  the  paper  after  it  is  hung  on  the  wall.  The  quality, 
finish  an.'  artistic  merit  of  our  wall  paper  is  certain  to  please  you. 


5£  and  Up 
Per  Doi 


Per  Double  Roll  of  16  yards 


m M w 


§_  n m i 

76W804— Side  Wall.  Weight, 
1 V2  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 6c 

76W2804-  - in.  h Bordi  r. 
Weight,  1 ounce. 

Per  \ ard 1 . c 

76W805  C<  ling  \\  < ight, 
1 Vi  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 6c 


76W844 — Side  Wall.  Weight, 
1 Vi  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 12c 

76W1844  — 12-inch  Cut-out 
Border.  Weight,  1 ounce. 
Per  yard 3c 

76W1003 — Ceiling  to  match. 
Weight,  1 V2  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 9c 


Wall.  Weight,  2 pounds. 

Per  double  roll 25c 

76W2950  — 9-inch  Cut-out 
Border  and  Base.  Weight, 
1 ounce.  Yard 3c 

76W1025 — Ceiling  to  match. 
Weight,  1 Vi  pounds. 

Double  roll 15c 


76W872 — Side  Wall.  Weight,  \Vi 

pounds.  Per  double  roll 15c 

76W1872 — 14-inch  Cut-out  Border 
and  Base.  Weight,  1 ounce. 

Per  yard 4c 

76W873 — C e i 1 i n g to  Match. 
Weight,  1 Vi  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 15c 

77W6001  — Cretonne  to  Match  Bor- 
der. Width,  36  inches.  Weight,  6 
ounces.  Per  vard !°c 


76W922 — Tan  Oatmeal  Side 
Wall.  Weight,  2 pounds. 

Per  double  roll 20c 

76W2922 — 7-inch  Applique 
Border.  Weight,  2 ounces. 

Per  yard 10c 

76W3922 — 2-inch  Applique 

Base.  Per  vard 5c 

76W1013 — M o i r e Ceiling. 
Weight,  1 Vi  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 14c 


76W822— Side  Wall.  Weight. 
1/4  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 9c 

76W2822  — 9-inch  Cut-out 

Border.  Weight,  1 ounce. 
Per  yard 2c 

76W823 — Ceiling  to  match. 

Weight,  1 Vi  pounds. 

Per  double  roll 9c 


This  Dealer’s  Set  of  Three  Extra  Large 
Books  of  WALL  PAPER  SAMPLES 


3 Books  18x16  inches 


Showing  Full  Width  of  Paper 


Lt  j 

ill 

76W892  — Gilt  Side 
Weight,  1 y2  pounds. 

Wall. 

Per  double  roll 

16c 

76W3892  — 6-inch  Cut-out 
Border.  Weight,  1 ounce. 

Per  yard 

2*ic 

76W893— Ceiling  to 
\\  eight,  1 Vi  pounds. 
Double  roll 

Match. 

16c 

Your  Fifty  Cent  Deposit  for  these  books  will  be  re- 
funded or  credited  to  you  when  we  receive  your  order 
for  wall  paper  to  the  amount  of  $5.00  or  more. 

This  set  of  books  contains  actual  full-width  samples 
of  our  complete  line  of  sidewalls  and  ceilings,  and 
borders  that  go  with  each  combina- 
tion. Also  actual  samples  of  cre- 
tonnes made  to  match  many  of  these 
wall  papers.  The 
room  interiors 
shown  in  colors  in 
these  books  illus- 
trate the  harmoni- 
ous effects  that 
may  be  obtained. 

For  v a r i e t y, 
tasteful  designs, 
quality  and  low  price,  our 
wall  papers  are  unexcelled. 
Each  pattern  in  these 
books  carries  the  number 
and  grade  which  is  the  key 
to  the  price. 

76W110 — Set  of  three  sample 

books,  postpaid 

Your  50c  refunded  on  an  order  of  $5.00  worth  of  wall  paper. 


6W828  - 


Sid< 


Wall 


10c 


Q inch 


Border. 


Matcli 


76  W2828- 
Weight.  1 ounce. 
Per  yard.. 


76W829 — Ceiling  to 
Weight.  1 Vi  pounds. 
Double  roll 


Buy  Your  Paint  «■» 
At  Factory- to -You  Prices 


$1090  Buys 

| J enough 
Coverall  House 
Paint  to  cover 
the  house  be- 
low, two  coats. 


$1  C20  Buys 


enough 
Coverall  House 
Paint  to  cover 
the  house  be- 
low, two  coats. 


Paints  the 
l House  i 
a Shown  i 
» Above# 


Decorate  Your  Home 

Outside  and  Inside  at 
A Worth-while  Saving 

Let  Us  Assist  You  to  Make  Your  Home  More 
Attractive.  This  Book  Contains  a Thoroughly 
Practical  and  Reliable  Paint  for  Every  Purpose; 
A Varnish  or  Other  Finish  for  Every  Use. 


New  York 


Chicago 


Kansas  City 


Fort  Worth 


Portland 


